| 1 | /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, |
| 3 | 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, |
| 4 | 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
| 7 | |
| 8 | GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 9 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 10 | the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
| 11 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 12 | |
| 13 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 14 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 15 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 16 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 17 | |
| 18 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 19 | along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include <config.h> |
| 22 | #include <signal.h> |
| 23 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 24 | #include <stdlib.h> |
| 25 | #include "lisp.h" |
| 26 | #include "blockinput.h" |
| 27 | #include "w32term.h" |
| 28 | |
| 29 | #include "systty.h" |
| 30 | #include "systime.h" |
| 31 | |
| 32 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 33 | #include <errno.h> |
| 34 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 35 | |
| 36 | #include "charset.h" |
| 37 | #include "character.h" |
| 38 | #include "coding.h" |
| 39 | #include "ccl.h" |
| 40 | #include "frame.h" |
| 41 | #include "dispextern.h" |
| 42 | #include "fontset.h" |
| 43 | #include "termhooks.h" |
| 44 | #include "termopts.h" |
| 45 | #include "termchar.h" |
| 46 | #include "disptab.h" |
| 47 | #include "buffer.h" |
| 48 | #include "window.h" |
| 49 | #include "keyboard.h" |
| 50 | #include "intervals.h" |
| 51 | #include "process.h" |
| 52 | #include "atimer.h" |
| 53 | #include "keymap.h" |
| 54 | |
| 55 | #include "w32heap.h" |
| 56 | #include <shellapi.h> |
| 57 | |
| 58 | #include "font.h" |
| 59 | #include "w32font.h" |
| 60 | \f |
| 61 | /* Fringe bitmaps. */ |
| 62 | |
| 63 | static int max_fringe_bmp = 0; |
| 64 | static HBITMAP *fringe_bmp = 0; |
| 65 | |
| 66 | /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */ |
| 67 | |
| 68 | Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars; |
| 69 | |
| 70 | /* Temporary variables for w32_read_socket. */ |
| 71 | |
| 72 | static int last_mousemove_x = 0; |
| 73 | static int last_mousemove_y = 0; |
| 74 | |
| 75 | /* Define GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM macro if system headers don't. */ |
| 76 | #ifndef GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM |
| 77 | #define GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wparam) ((short)HIWORD (wparam)) |
| 78 | #endif |
| 79 | |
| 80 | /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs |
| 81 | start. */ |
| 82 | |
| 83 | static int any_help_event_p; |
| 84 | |
| 85 | /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */ |
| 86 | static Lisp_Object last_window; |
| 87 | |
| 88 | /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */ |
| 89 | int x_use_underline_position_properties; |
| 90 | |
| 91 | /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */ |
| 92 | |
| 93 | int x_underline_at_descent_line; |
| 94 | |
| 95 | extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel; |
| 96 | |
| 97 | extern void free_frame_menubar (); |
| 98 | |
| 99 | extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname); |
| 100 | extern Cursor w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name); |
| 101 | |
| 102 | extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; |
| 103 | |
| 104 | #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 105 | #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 106 | |
| 107 | \f |
| 108 | /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */ |
| 109 | struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info; |
| 110 | struct w32_display_info *x_display_list; |
| 111 | |
| 112 | /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE), |
| 113 | one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order. |
| 114 | NAME is the name of the frame. |
| 115 | FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ |
| 116 | Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list; |
| 117 | |
| 118 | |
| 119 | #ifndef GLYPHSET |
| 120 | /* Pre Windows 2000, this was not available, but define it here so |
| 121 | that Emacs compiled on such a platform will run on newer versions. */ |
| 122 | |
| 123 | typedef struct tagWCRANGE |
| 124 | { |
| 125 | WCHAR wcLow; |
| 126 | USHORT cGlyphs; |
| 127 | } WCRANGE; |
| 128 | |
| 129 | typedef struct tagGLYPHSET |
| 130 | { |
| 131 | DWORD cbThis; |
| 132 | DWORD flAccel; |
| 133 | DWORD cGlyphsSupported; |
| 134 | DWORD cRanges; |
| 135 | WCRANGE ranges[1]; |
| 136 | } GLYPHSET; |
| 137 | |
| 138 | #endif |
| 139 | |
| 140 | /* Dynamic linking to SetLayeredWindowAttribute (only since 2000). */ |
| 141 | BOOL (PASCAL *pfnSetLayeredWindowAttributes) (HWND, COLORREF, BYTE, DWORD); |
| 142 | |
| 143 | #ifndef LWA_ALPHA |
| 144 | #define LWA_ALPHA 0x02 |
| 145 | #endif |
| 146 | /* WS_EX_LAYERED is defined unconditionally by MingW, but only for W2K and |
| 147 | later targets by MSVC headers. */ |
| 148 | #ifndef WS_EX_LAYERED |
| 149 | #define WS_EX_LAYERED 0x80000 |
| 150 | #endif |
| 151 | |
| 152 | /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. |
| 153 | This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the |
| 154 | w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update. |
| 155 | In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()' |
| 156 | is the frame to apply to. */ |
| 157 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
| 158 | |
| 159 | /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */ |
| 160 | struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; |
| 161 | |
| 162 | /* The handle of the frame that currently owns the system caret. */ |
| 163 | HWND w32_system_caret_hwnd; |
| 164 | int w32_system_caret_height; |
| 165 | int w32_system_caret_x; |
| 166 | int w32_system_caret_y; |
| 167 | int w32_use_visible_system_caret; |
| 168 | |
| 169 | DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0; |
| 170 | HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL; |
| 171 | DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0; |
| 172 | HANDLE hMainThread = NULL; |
| 173 | |
| 174 | int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle; |
| 175 | int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border; |
| 176 | int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border; |
| 177 | |
| 178 | int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos; |
| 179 | |
| 180 | /* Mouse movement. */ |
| 181 | |
| 182 | /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ |
| 183 | |
| 184 | static RECT last_mouse_glyph; |
| 185 | static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame; |
| 186 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame; |
| 187 | |
| 188 | int w32_num_mouse_buttons; |
| 189 | |
| 190 | Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons; |
| 191 | |
| 192 | /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */ |
| 193 | Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise; |
| 194 | |
| 195 | /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */ |
| 196 | Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock; |
| 197 | |
| 198 | /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */ |
| 199 | Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr; |
| 200 | |
| 201 | /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred. |
| 202 | |
| 203 | If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this |
| 204 | so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or |
| 205 | an ordinary motion. |
| 206 | |
| 207 | If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this |
| 208 | to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */ |
| 209 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; |
| 210 | static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos; |
| 211 | |
| 212 | /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would |
| 213 | return the time associated with the position it returns, but there |
| 214 | doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server |
| 215 | along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time |
| 216 | of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that |
| 217 | it's somewhat accurate. */ |
| 218 | |
| 219 | static Time last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 220 | |
| 221 | /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read |
| 222 | events. */ |
| 223 | |
| 224 | #ifdef __STDC__ |
| 225 | static int volatile input_signal_count; |
| 226 | #else |
| 227 | static int input_signal_count; |
| 228 | #endif |
| 229 | |
| 230 | extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; |
| 231 | |
| 232 | #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
| 233 | extern int errno; |
| 234 | #endif |
| 235 | |
| 236 | /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ |
| 237 | |
| 238 | extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers; |
| 239 | |
| 240 | static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 241 | static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *, |
| 242 | struct input_event *)); |
| 243 | static void w32_define_cursor P_ ((Window, Cursor)); |
| 244 | |
| 245 | void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 246 | void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 247 | void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int)); |
| 248 | void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 249 | void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int)); |
| 250 | void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 251 | void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 252 | static void w32_initialize P_ ((void)); |
| 253 | static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 254 | static void w32_frame_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 255 | static void w32_set_terminal_modes P_ ((struct terminal *)); |
| 256 | static void w32_reset_terminal_modes P_ ((struct terminal *)); |
| 257 | static void x_clear_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 258 | static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 259 | static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 260 | static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct w32_display_info *, |
| 261 | struct frame *)); |
| 262 | static void x_focus_changed P_ ((int, int, struct w32_display_info *, |
| 263 | struct frame *, struct input_event *)); |
| 264 | static void w32_detect_focus_change P_ ((struct w32_display_info *, |
| 265 | W32Msg *, struct input_event *)); |
| 266 | static void w32_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 267 | static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct w32_display_info *)); |
| 268 | static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 269 | static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int, |
| 270 | enum text_cursor_kinds)); |
| 271 | static void w32_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int, HDC)); |
| 272 | static BOOL my_show_window P_ ((struct frame *, HWND, int)); |
| 273 | static void my_set_window_pos P_ ((HWND, HWND, int, int, int, int, UINT)); |
| 274 | static void my_set_focus P_ ((struct frame *, HWND)); |
| 275 | static void my_set_foreground_window P_ ((HWND)); |
| 276 | static void my_destroy_window P_ ((struct frame *, HWND)); |
| 277 | |
| 278 | static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; |
| 279 | |
| 280 | \f |
| 281 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 282 | Debugging |
| 283 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 284 | |
| 285 | #if 0 |
| 286 | |
| 287 | /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about |
| 288 | the sequence of occurrences in this file. */ |
| 289 | |
| 290 | struct record |
| 291 | { |
| 292 | char *locus; |
| 293 | int type; |
| 294 | }; |
| 295 | |
| 296 | struct record event_record[100]; |
| 297 | |
| 298 | int event_record_index; |
| 299 | |
| 300 | record_event (locus, type) |
| 301 | char *locus; |
| 302 | int type; |
| 303 | { |
| 304 | if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record)) |
| 305 | event_record_index = 0; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus; |
| 308 | event_record[event_record_index].type = type; |
| 309 | event_record_index++; |
| 310 | } |
| 311 | |
| 312 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 313 | \f |
| 314 | |
| 315 | void |
| 316 | XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask, |
| 317 | XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 318 | { |
| 319 | if (mask & GCForeground) |
| 320 | gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground; |
| 321 | if (mask & GCBackground) |
| 322 | gc->background = xgcv->background; |
| 323 | if (mask & GCFont) |
| 324 | gc->font = xgcv->font; |
| 325 | } |
| 326 | |
| 327 | XGCValues *XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask, |
| 328 | XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 329 | { |
| 330 | XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues)); |
| 331 | bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues)); |
| 332 | |
| 333 | XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv); |
| 334 | |
| 335 | return gc; |
| 336 | } |
| 337 | |
| 338 | void |
| 339 | XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc, |
| 340 | unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 341 | { |
| 342 | XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc); |
| 343 | } |
| 344 | |
| 345 | static void |
| 346 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc, RECT *rect) |
| 347 | { |
| 348 | if (rect) |
| 349 | { |
| 350 | HRGN clip_region = CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect); |
| 351 | SelectClipRgn (hdc, clip_region); |
| 352 | DeleteObject (clip_region); |
| 353 | } |
| 354 | else |
| 355 | SelectClipRgn (hdc, NULL); |
| 356 | } |
| 357 | |
| 358 | |
| 359 | /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */ |
| 360 | void |
| 361 | w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc, XGCValues *gc, int x, int y, |
| 362 | int width, int height) |
| 363 | { |
| 364 | HBRUSH hb, oldhb; |
| 365 | HPEN hp, oldhp; |
| 366 | |
| 367 | hb = CreateSolidBrush (gc->background); |
| 368 | hp = CreatePen (PS_SOLID, 0, gc->foreground); |
| 369 | oldhb = SelectObject (hdc, hb); |
| 370 | oldhp = SelectObject (hdc, hp); |
| 371 | |
| 372 | Rectangle (hdc, x, y, x + width, y + height); |
| 373 | |
| 374 | SelectObject (hdc, oldhb); |
| 375 | SelectObject (hdc, oldhp); |
| 376 | DeleteObject (hb); |
| 377 | DeleteObject (hp); |
| 378 | } |
| 379 | |
| 380 | /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */ |
| 381 | void |
| 382 | w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, pix, lprect) |
| 383 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 384 | HDC hdc; |
| 385 | COLORREF pix; |
| 386 | RECT * lprect; |
| 387 | { |
| 388 | HBRUSH hb; |
| 389 | |
| 390 | hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix); |
| 391 | FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb); |
| 392 | DeleteObject (hb); |
| 393 | } |
| 394 | |
| 395 | void |
| 396 | w32_clear_window (f) |
| 397 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 398 | { |
| 399 | RECT rect; |
| 400 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 401 | |
| 402 | /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with |
| 403 | a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC |
| 404 | of 0 indicates this. */ |
| 405 | if (hdc) |
| 406 | { |
| 407 | GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect); |
| 408 | w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect); |
| 409 | } |
| 410 | |
| 411 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 412 | } |
| 413 | |
| 414 | #define OPAQUE_FRAME 255 |
| 415 | |
| 416 | void |
| 417 | x_set_frame_alpha (f) |
| 418 | struct frame *f; |
| 419 | { |
| 420 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 421 | double alpha = 1.0; |
| 422 | double alpha_min = 1.0; |
| 423 | BYTE opac; |
| 424 | LONG ex_style; |
| 425 | HWND window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 426 | |
| 427 | /* Older versions of Windows do not support transparency. */ |
| 428 | if (!pfnSetLayeredWindowAttributes) |
| 429 | return; |
| 430 | |
| 431 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 432 | alpha = f->alpha[0]; |
| 433 | else |
| 434 | alpha = f->alpha[1]; |
| 435 | |
| 436 | if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit)) |
| 437 | alpha_min = XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit); |
| 438 | else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit)) |
| 439 | alpha_min = (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit)) / 100.0; |
| 440 | |
| 441 | if (alpha < 0.0) |
| 442 | return; |
| 443 | else if (alpha > 1.0) |
| 444 | alpha = 1.0; |
| 445 | else if (alpha < alpha_min && alpha_min <= 1.0) |
| 446 | alpha = alpha_min; |
| 447 | |
| 448 | opac = alpha * OPAQUE_FRAME; |
| 449 | |
| 450 | ex_style = GetWindowLong (window, GWL_EXSTYLE); |
| 451 | |
| 452 | if (opac == OPAQUE_FRAME) |
| 453 | ex_style &= ~WS_EX_LAYERED; |
| 454 | else |
| 455 | ex_style |= WS_EX_LAYERED; |
| 456 | |
| 457 | SetWindowLong (window, GWL_EXSTYLE, ex_style); |
| 458 | |
| 459 | if (opac != OPAQUE_FRAME) |
| 460 | pfnSetLayeredWindowAttributes (window, 0, opac, LWA_ALPHA); |
| 461 | } |
| 462 | |
| 463 | int |
| 464 | x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo) |
| 465 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 466 | { |
| 467 | HDC dc = GetDC (NULL); |
| 468 | int pixels = GetDeviceCaps (dc, VERTRES); |
| 469 | ReleaseDC (NULL, dc); |
| 470 | return pixels; |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | |
| 473 | int |
| 474 | x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo) |
| 475 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 476 | { |
| 477 | HDC dc = GetDC (NULL); |
| 478 | int pixels = GetDeviceCaps (dc, HORZRES); |
| 479 | ReleaseDC (NULL, dc); |
| 480 | return pixels; |
| 481 | } |
| 482 | |
| 483 | \f |
| 484 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 485 | Starting and ending an update |
| 486 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 487 | |
| 488 | /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook |
| 489 | for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called. |
| 490 | This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for |
| 491 | each window being updated. */ |
| 492 | |
| 493 | static void |
| 494 | x_update_begin (f) |
| 495 | struct frame *f; |
| 496 | { |
| 497 | struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 498 | |
| 499 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 500 | return; |
| 501 | |
| 502 | /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested |
| 503 | colors has changed. */ |
| 504 | if (display_info->regen_palette) |
| 505 | { |
| 506 | w32_regenerate_palette (f); |
| 507 | display_info->regen_palette = FALSE; |
| 508 | } |
| 509 | } |
| 510 | |
| 511 | |
| 512 | /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window |
| 513 | to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor |
| 514 | position of W. */ |
| 515 | |
| 516 | static void |
| 517 | x_update_window_begin (w) |
| 518 | struct window *w; |
| 519 | { |
| 520 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 521 | struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 522 | |
| 523 | /* Hide the system caret during an update. */ |
| 524 | if (w32_use_visible_system_caret && w32_system_caret_hwnd) |
| 525 | { |
| 526 | SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET, 0, 0); |
| 527 | } |
| 528 | |
| 529 | updated_window = w; |
| 530 | set_output_cursor (&w->cursor); |
| 531 | |
| 532 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 533 | |
| 534 | if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 535 | { |
| 536 | /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ |
| 537 | display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1; |
| 538 | |
| 539 | /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse |
| 540 | highlighting. */ |
| 541 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 542 | display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 543 | |
| 544 | #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have |
| 545 | their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always |
| 546 | unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that |
| 547 | flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never |
| 548 | scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off |
| 549 | here to prevent it from being scrolled. */ |
| 550 | |
| 551 | /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window |
| 552 | where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. |
| 553 | Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged; |
| 554 | in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use |
| 555 | is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */ |
| 556 | if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window) |
| 557 | && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window)) |
| 558 | { |
| 559 | int i; |
| 560 | |
| 561 | for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
| 562 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i)) |
| 563 | break; |
| 564 | |
| 565 | if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows) |
| 566 | clear_mouse_face (display_info); |
| 567 | } |
| 568 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 569 | } |
| 570 | |
| 571 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 572 | } |
| 573 | |
| 574 | /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */ |
| 575 | |
| 576 | static void |
| 577 | w32_draw_vertical_window_border (w, x, y0, y1) |
| 578 | struct window *w; |
| 579 | int x, y0, y1; |
| 580 | { |
| 581 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 582 | RECT r; |
| 583 | HDC hdc; |
| 584 | struct face *face; |
| 585 | |
| 586 | r.left = x; |
| 587 | r.right = x + 1; |
| 588 | r.top = y0; |
| 589 | r.bottom = y1; |
| 590 | |
| 591 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 592 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID); |
| 593 | if (face) |
| 594 | w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, face->foreground, &r); |
| 595 | else |
| 596 | w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f), &r); |
| 597 | |
| 598 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 599 | } |
| 600 | |
| 601 | |
| 602 | /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window). |
| 603 | |
| 604 | Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and |
| 605 | display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero. |
| 606 | |
| 607 | MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing |
| 608 | glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to |
| 609 | make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn. |
| 610 | |
| 611 | W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit |
| 612 | support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it |
| 613 | here. */ |
| 614 | |
| 615 | static void |
| 616 | x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 617 | struct window *w; |
| 618 | int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
| 619 | { |
| 620 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 621 | |
| 622 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 623 | { |
| 624 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 625 | |
| 626 | if (cursor_on_p) |
| 627 | display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos, |
| 628 | output_cursor.vpos, |
| 629 | output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); |
| 630 | |
| 631 | if (draw_window_fringes (w, 1)) |
| 632 | x_draw_vertical_border (w); |
| 633 | |
| 634 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 635 | } |
| 636 | |
| 637 | /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for |
| 638 | XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */ |
| 639 | if (mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 640 | { |
| 641 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 642 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 643 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 644 | } |
| 645 | |
| 646 | /* Unhide the caret. This won't actually show the cursor, unless it |
| 647 | was visible before the corresponding call to HideCaret in |
| 648 | x_update_window_begin. */ |
| 649 | if (w32_use_visible_system_caret && w32_system_caret_hwnd) |
| 650 | { |
| 651 | SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET, 0, 0); |
| 652 | } |
| 653 | |
| 654 | updated_window = NULL; |
| 655 | } |
| 656 | |
| 657 | |
| 658 | /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in |
| 659 | update_end. */ |
| 660 | |
| 661 | static void |
| 662 | x_update_end (f) |
| 663 | struct frame *f; |
| 664 | { |
| 665 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 666 | return; |
| 667 | |
| 668 | /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */ |
| 669 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 670 | } |
| 671 | |
| 672 | |
| 673 | /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a |
| 674 | complete update has been performed. The global variable |
| 675 | updated_window is not available here. */ |
| 676 | |
| 677 | static void |
| 678 | w32_frame_up_to_date (f) |
| 679 | struct frame *f; |
| 680 | { |
| 681 | if (FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 682 | { |
| 683 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 684 | |
| 685 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc |
| 686 | || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 687 | { |
| 688 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 689 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 690 | note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame, |
| 691 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x, |
| 692 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y); |
| 693 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 694 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 695 | } |
| 696 | } |
| 697 | } |
| 698 | |
| 699 | |
| 700 | /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay |
| 701 | arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required |
| 702 | before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is |
| 703 | found in updated_window. This function is called from |
| 704 | update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences |
| 705 | between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */ |
| 706 | |
| 707 | static void |
| 708 | x_after_update_window_line (desired_row) |
| 709 | struct glyph_row *desired_row; |
| 710 | { |
| 711 | struct window *w = updated_window; |
| 712 | struct frame *f; |
| 713 | int width, height; |
| 714 | |
| 715 | xassert (w); |
| 716 | |
| 717 | if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 718 | desired_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1; |
| 719 | |
| 720 | /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of |
| 721 | full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could |
| 722 | check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window, |
| 723 | but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows |
| 724 | are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the |
| 725 | overhead is very small. */ |
| 726 | if (windows_or_buffers_changed |
| 727 | && desired_row->full_width_p |
| 728 | && (f = XFRAME (w->frame), |
| 729 | width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
| 730 | width != 0) |
| 731 | && (height = desired_row->visible_height, |
| 732 | height > 0)) |
| 733 | { |
| 734 | int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y)); |
| 735 | |
| 736 | /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */ |
| 737 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) |
| 738 | && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 739 | y -= width; |
| 740 | |
| 741 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 742 | { |
| 743 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 744 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height); |
| 745 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - width, |
| 746 | y, width, height); |
| 747 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 748 | } |
| 749 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 750 | } |
| 751 | } |
| 752 | |
| 753 | |
| 754 | /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of |
| 755 | window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it |
| 756 | determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be |
| 757 | drawn. */ |
| 758 | |
| 759 | static void |
| 760 | w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, row, p) |
| 761 | struct window *w; |
| 762 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 763 | struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params *p; |
| 764 | { |
| 765 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 766 | HDC hdc; |
| 767 | struct face *face = p->face; |
| 768 | int rowY; |
| 769 | |
| 770 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 771 | |
| 772 | if (!p->overlay_p) |
| 773 | { |
| 774 | int bx = p->bx, by = p->by, nx = p->nx, ny = p->ny; |
| 775 | |
| 776 | /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a |
| 777 | leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its |
| 778 | background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */ |
| 779 | if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w) |
| 780 | && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w)) |
| 781 | || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w) |
| 782 | && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w))) |
| 783 | { |
| 784 | int sb_width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w); |
| 785 | |
| 786 | if (sb_width > 0) |
| 787 | { |
| 788 | int left = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w); |
| 789 | int width = (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w) |
| 790 | * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f)); |
| 791 | |
| 792 | if (bx < 0) |
| 793 | { |
| 794 | /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */ |
| 795 | if (left + width == p->x) |
| 796 | bx = left + sb_width; |
| 797 | else if (p->x + p->wd == left) |
| 798 | bx = left; |
| 799 | if (bx >= 0) |
| 800 | { |
| 801 | int header_line_height = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 802 | |
| 803 | nx = width - sb_width; |
| 804 | by = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, |
| 805 | row->y)); |
| 806 | ny = row->visible_height; |
| 807 | } |
| 808 | } |
| 809 | else |
| 810 | { |
| 811 | if (left + width == bx) |
| 812 | { |
| 813 | bx = left + sb_width; |
| 814 | nx += width - sb_width; |
| 815 | } |
| 816 | else if (bx + nx == left) |
| 817 | nx += width - sb_width; |
| 818 | } |
| 819 | } |
| 820 | } |
| 821 | |
| 822 | if (bx >= 0 && nx > 0) |
| 823 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background, bx, by, nx, ny); |
| 824 | } |
| 825 | |
| 826 | /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */ |
| 827 | rowY = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 828 | if (p->y < rowY) |
| 829 | { |
| 830 | /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially |
| 831 | visible last row. */ |
| 832 | int oldY = row->y; |
| 833 | int oldVH = row->visible_height; |
| 834 | row->visible_height = p->h; |
| 835 | row->y -= rowY - p->y; |
| 836 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, -1, hdc); |
| 837 | row->y = oldY; |
| 838 | row->visible_height = oldVH; |
| 839 | } |
| 840 | else |
| 841 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, -1, hdc); |
| 842 | |
| 843 | if (p->which && p->which < max_fringe_bmp) |
| 844 | { |
| 845 | HBITMAP pixmap = fringe_bmp[p->which]; |
| 846 | HDC compat_hdc; |
| 847 | HANDLE horig_obj; |
| 848 | |
| 849 | compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc); |
| 850 | |
| 851 | SaveDC (hdc); |
| 852 | |
| 853 | horig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap); |
| 854 | |
| 855 | /* Paint overlays transparently. */ |
| 856 | if (p->overlay_p) |
| 857 | { |
| 858 | HBRUSH h_brush, h_orig_brush; |
| 859 | |
| 860 | SetTextColor (hdc, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); |
| 861 | SetBkColor (hdc, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f)); |
| 862 | h_brush = CreateSolidBrush (face->foreground); |
| 863 | h_orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, h_brush); |
| 864 | |
| 865 | BitBlt (hdc, p->x, p->y, p->wd, p->h, |
| 866 | compat_hdc, 0, p->dh, |
| 867 | DSTINVERT); |
| 868 | BitBlt (hdc, p->x, p->y, p->wd, p->h, |
| 869 | compat_hdc, 0, p->dh, |
| 870 | 0x2E064A); |
| 871 | BitBlt (hdc, p->x, p->y, p->wd, p->h, |
| 872 | compat_hdc, 0, p->dh, |
| 873 | DSTINVERT); |
| 874 | |
| 875 | SelectObject (hdc, h_orig_brush); |
| 876 | DeleteObject (h_brush); |
| 877 | } |
| 878 | else |
| 879 | { |
| 880 | SetTextColor (hdc, face->background); |
| 881 | SetBkColor (hdc, (p->cursor_p |
| 882 | ? f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel |
| 883 | : face->foreground)); |
| 884 | |
| 885 | BitBlt (hdc, p->x, p->y, p->wd, p->h, |
| 886 | compat_hdc, 0, p->dh, |
| 887 | SRCCOPY); |
| 888 | } |
| 889 | |
| 890 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, horig_obj); |
| 891 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 892 | RestoreDC (hdc, -1); |
| 893 | } |
| 894 | |
| 895 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 896 | |
| 897 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 898 | } |
| 899 | |
| 900 | static void |
| 901 | w32_define_fringe_bitmap (which, bits, h, wd) |
| 902 | int which; |
| 903 | unsigned short *bits; |
| 904 | int h, wd; |
| 905 | { |
| 906 | if (which >= max_fringe_bmp) |
| 907 | { |
| 908 | int i = max_fringe_bmp; |
| 909 | max_fringe_bmp = which + 20; |
| 910 | fringe_bmp = (HBITMAP *) xrealloc (fringe_bmp, max_fringe_bmp * sizeof (HBITMAP)); |
| 911 | while (i < max_fringe_bmp) |
| 912 | fringe_bmp[i++] = 0; |
| 913 | } |
| 914 | |
| 915 | fringe_bmp[which] = CreateBitmap (wd, h, 1, 1, bits); |
| 916 | } |
| 917 | |
| 918 | static void |
| 919 | w32_destroy_fringe_bitmap (which) |
| 920 | int which; |
| 921 | { |
| 922 | if (which >= max_fringe_bmp) |
| 923 | return; |
| 924 | |
| 925 | if (fringe_bmp[which]) |
| 926 | DeleteObject (fringe_bmp[which]); |
| 927 | fringe_bmp[which] = 0; |
| 928 | } |
| 929 | |
| 930 | |
| 931 | \f |
| 932 | /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after |
| 933 | suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing |
| 934 | must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that |
| 935 | rarely happens). */ |
| 936 | |
| 937 | static void |
| 938 | w32_set_terminal_modes (struct terminal *term) |
| 939 | { |
| 940 | } |
| 941 | |
| 942 | /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make |
| 943 | the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */ |
| 944 | |
| 945 | static void |
| 946 | w32_reset_terminal_modes (struct terminal *term) |
| 947 | { |
| 948 | } |
| 949 | |
| 950 | |
| 951 | \f |
| 952 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 953 | Display Iterator |
| 954 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 955 | |
| 956 | /* Function prototypes of this page. */ |
| 957 | |
| 958 | static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 959 | static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 960 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 961 | int)); |
| 962 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 963 | static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 964 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 965 | static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 966 | static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 967 | static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 968 | static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 969 | static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *, COLORREF *, double, int); |
| 970 | static void w32_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *, |
| 971 | double, int, COLORREF)); |
| 972 | static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 973 | static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 974 | static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 975 | static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 976 | static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HBITMAP)); |
| 977 | static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, |
| 978 | int, int, int)); |
| 979 | static void w32_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, |
| 980 | int, int, int, int, int, int, |
| 981 | RECT *)); |
| 982 | static void w32_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int, |
| 983 | int, int, int, RECT *)); |
| 984 | |
| 985 | |
| 986 | /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor |
| 987 | face. */ |
| 988 | |
| 989 | static void |
| 990 | x_set_cursor_gc (s) |
| 991 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 992 | { |
| 993 | if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f) |
| 994 | && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 995 | && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 996 | && !s->cmp) |
| 997 | s->gc = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc; |
| 998 | else |
| 999 | { |
| 1000 | /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ |
| 1001 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1002 | unsigned long mask; |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel; |
| 1005 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */ |
| 1008 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 1009 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 1010 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 1011 | xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel; |
| 1012 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 1013 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ |
| 1016 | if (xgcv.background == s->face->background |
| 1017 | && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground) |
| 1018 | { |
| 1019 | xgcv.background = s->face->foreground; |
| 1020 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 1024 | xgcv.font = s->font; |
| 1025 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 1028 | XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 1029 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 1030 | else |
| 1031 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 1032 | = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 1035 | } |
| 1036 | } |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */ |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | static void |
| 1042 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s) |
| 1043 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1044 | { |
| 1045 | int face_id; |
| 1046 | struct face *face; |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */ |
| 1049 | face_id = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id; |
| 1050 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 1051 | if (face == NULL) |
| 1052 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID); |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 1055 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch, -1, Qnil); |
| 1056 | else |
| 1057 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0, -1, Qnil); |
| 1058 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 1059 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */ |
| 1062 | if (s->font == s->face->font) |
| 1063 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1064 | else |
| 1065 | { |
| 1066 | /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE |
| 1067 | but font FONT. */ |
| 1068 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1069 | unsigned long mask; |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | xgcv.background = s->face->background; |
| 1072 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 1073 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 1074 | xgcv.font = s->font; |
| 1075 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 1078 | XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 1079 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 1080 | else |
| 1081 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 1082 | = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 1085 | } |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 1088 | } |
| 1089 | |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line. |
| 1092 | Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the |
| 1093 | matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */ |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | static INLINE void |
| 1096 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s) |
| 1097 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1098 | { |
| 1099 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1100 | } |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set |
| 1104 | S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple |
| 1105 | pattern. */ |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | static INLINE void |
| 1108 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s) |
| 1109 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1110 | { |
| 1111 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 1112 | |
| 1113 | if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) |
| 1114 | { |
| 1115 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1116 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1117 | } |
| 1118 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO) |
| 1119 | { |
| 1120 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s); |
| 1121 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1122 | } |
| 1123 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 1124 | { |
| 1125 | x_set_cursor_gc (s); |
| 1126 | s->stippled_p = 0; |
| 1127 | } |
| 1128 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) |
| 1129 | { |
| 1130 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 1131 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1132 | } |
| 1133 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 1134 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 1135 | { |
| 1136 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1137 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1138 | } |
| 1139 | else |
| 1140 | { |
| 1141 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1142 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1143 | } |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | /* GC must have been set. */ |
| 1146 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 1147 | } |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode |
| 1151 | line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */ |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | static INLINE void |
| 1154 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s) |
| 1155 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1156 | { |
| 1157 | RECT *r = s->clip; |
| 1158 | int n = get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s, r, 2); |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | if (n == 1) |
| 1161 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, r); |
| 1162 | else if (n > 1) |
| 1163 | { |
| 1164 | HRGN full_clip, clip1, clip2; |
| 1165 | clip1 = CreateRectRgnIndirect (r); |
| 1166 | clip2 = CreateRectRgnIndirect (r + 1); |
| 1167 | if (CombineRgn (full_clip, clip1, clip2, RGN_OR) != ERROR) |
| 1168 | { |
| 1169 | SelectClipRgn (s->hdc, full_clip); |
| 1170 | } |
| 1171 | DeleteObject (clip1); |
| 1172 | DeleteObject (clip2); |
| 1173 | DeleteObject (full_clip); |
| 1174 | } |
| 1175 | s->num_clips = n; |
| 1176 | } |
| 1177 | |
| 1178 | /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called |
| 1179 | when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in |
| 1180 | the area of SRC. */ |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | static void |
| 1183 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src, dst) |
| 1184 | struct glyph_string *src, *dst; |
| 1185 | { |
| 1186 | RECT r; |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | r.left = src->x; |
| 1189 | r.right = r.left + src->width; |
| 1190 | r.top = src->y; |
| 1191 | r.bottom = r.top + src->height; |
| 1192 | dst->clip[0] = r; |
| 1193 | dst->num_clips = 1; |
| 1194 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (dst->hdc, &r); |
| 1195 | } |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 | /* RIF: |
| 1198 | Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */ |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | static void |
| 1201 | w32_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s) |
| 1202 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1203 | { |
| 1204 | if (s->cmp == NULL |
| 1205 | && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH |
| 1206 | && !s->font_not_found_p) |
| 1207 | { |
| 1208 | unsigned *code = alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s->nchars); |
| 1209 | struct font *font = s->font; |
| 1210 | struct font_metrics metrics; |
| 1211 | int i; |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++) |
| 1214 | code[i] = s->char2b[i]; |
| 1215 | font->driver->text_extents (font, code, s->nchars, &metrics); |
| 1216 | s->right_overhang = (metrics.rbearing > metrics.width |
| 1217 | ? metrics.rbearing - metrics.width : 0); |
| 1218 | s->left_overhang = metrics.lbearing < 0 ? -metrics.lbearing : 0; |
| 1219 | } |
| 1220 | else if (s->cmp) |
| 1221 | { |
| 1222 | s->right_overhang = s->cmp->rbearing - s->cmp->pixel_width; |
| 1223 | s->left_overhang = -s->cmp->lbearing; |
| 1224 | } |
| 1225 | } |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */ |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | static INLINE void |
| 1230 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 1231 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1232 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 1233 | { |
| 1234 | int real_x = x; |
| 1235 | int real_y = y; |
| 1236 | int real_w = w; |
| 1237 | int real_h = h; |
| 1238 | #if 0 |
| 1239 | /* Take clipping into account. */ |
| 1240 | if (s->gc->clip_mask == Rect) |
| 1241 | { |
| 1242 | real_x = max (real_x, s->gc->clip_rectangle.left); |
| 1243 | real_y = max (real_y, s->gc->clip_rectangle.top); |
| 1244 | real_w = min (real_w, s->gc->clip_rectangle.right |
| 1245 | - s->gc->clip_rectangle.left); |
| 1246 | real_h = min (real_h, s->gc->clip_rectangle.bottom |
| 1247 | - s->gc->clip_rectangle.top); |
| 1248 | } |
| 1249 | #endif |
| 1250 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->background, real_x, real_y, |
| 1251 | real_w, real_h); |
| 1252 | } |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p |
| 1256 | is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the |
| 1257 | background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used |
| 1258 | when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S |
| 1259 | contains the first component of a composition. */ |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | static void |
| 1262 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p) |
| 1263 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1264 | int force_p; |
| 1265 | { |
| 1266 | /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it |
| 1267 | shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */ |
| 1268 | if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 1269 | { |
| 1270 | int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 1273 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 1274 | { |
| 1275 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 1276 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 1277 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, |
| 1278 | s->y + box_line_width, |
| 1279 | s->background_width, |
| 1280 | s->height - 2 * box_line_width); |
| 1281 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 1282 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 1283 | } |
| 1284 | else |
| 1285 | #endif |
| 1286 | if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width |
| 1287 | || s->font_not_found_p |
| 1288 | || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 1289 | || force_p) |
| 1290 | { |
| 1291 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width, |
| 1292 | s->background_width, |
| 1293 | s->height - 2 * box_line_width); |
| 1294 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 1295 | } |
| 1296 | } |
| 1297 | } |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */ |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | static void |
| 1303 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 1304 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1305 | { |
| 1306 | int i, x; |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 1309 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 1310 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 1311 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 1312 | x = s->x + eabs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1313 | else |
| 1314 | x = s->x; |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 1317 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 1318 | SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT); |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be |
| 1321 | loaded. */ |
| 1322 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 1323 | { |
| 1324 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 1325 | { |
| 1326 | struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i; |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1, |
| 1329 | s->height - 1); |
| 1330 | x += g->pixel_width; |
| 1331 | } |
| 1332 | } |
| 1333 | else |
| 1334 | { |
| 1335 | struct font *font = s->font; |
| 1336 | int boff = font->baseline_offset; |
| 1337 | int y; |
| 1338 | HFONT old_font; |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, FONT_HANDLE (font)); |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | if (font->vertical_centering) |
| 1343 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, s->f) - boff; |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | y = s->ybase - boff; |
| 1346 | if (s->for_overlaps |
| 1347 | || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)) |
| 1348 | font->driver->draw (s, 0, s->nchars, x, y, 0); |
| 1349 | else |
| 1350 | font->driver->draw (s, 0, s->nchars, x, y, 1); |
| 1351 | if (s->face->overstrike) |
| 1352 | font->driver->draw (s, 0, s->nchars, x + 1, y, 0); |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 | SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font); |
| 1355 | } |
| 1356 | } |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */ |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | static void |
| 1361 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 1362 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1363 | { |
| 1364 | int i, j, x; |
| 1365 | struct font *font = s->font; |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 1368 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 1369 | if (s->face && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 1370 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 1371 | x = s->x + eabs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1372 | else |
| 1373 | x = s->x; |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index |
| 1376 | of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition. |
| 1377 | S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of |
| 1378 | this composition. */ |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 1381 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 1382 | SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT); |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 | /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very |
| 1385 | first character of the composition could not be loaded. */ |
| 1386 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 1387 | { |
| 1388 | if (s->cmp_from == 0) |
| 1389 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1, |
| 1390 | s->height - 1); |
| 1391 | } |
| 1392 | else if (! s->first_glyph->u.cmp.automatic) |
| 1393 | { |
| 1394 | int y = s->ybase; |
| 1395 | int width = 0; |
| 1396 | HFONT old_font; |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, FONT_HANDLE (font)); |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | for (i = 0, j = s->cmp_from; i < s->nchars; i++, j++) |
| 1401 | if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s->cmp, j) != '\t') |
| 1402 | { |
| 1403 | int xx = x + s->cmp->offsets[j * 2]; |
| 1404 | int yy = y - s->cmp->offsets[j * 2 + 1]; |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | font->driver->draw (s, j, j + 1, xx, yy, 0); |
| 1407 | if (s->face->overstrike) |
| 1408 | font->driver->draw (s, j, j + 1, xx + 1, yy, 0); |
| 1409 | } |
| 1410 | SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font); |
| 1411 | } |
| 1412 | else |
| 1413 | { |
| 1414 | Lisp_Object gstring = composition_gstring_from_id (s->cmp_id); |
| 1415 | Lisp_Object glyph; |
| 1416 | int y = s->ybase; |
| 1417 | int width = 0; |
| 1418 | HFONT old_font; |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, FONT_HANDLE (font)); |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | for (i = j = s->cmp_from; i < s->cmp_to; i++) |
| 1423 | { |
| 1424 | glyph = LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring, i); |
| 1425 | if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph))) |
| 1426 | width += LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph); |
| 1427 | else |
| 1428 | { |
| 1429 | int xoff, yoff, wadjust; |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | if (j < i) |
| 1432 | { |
| 1433 | font->driver->draw (s, j, i, x, y, 0); |
| 1434 | x += width; |
| 1435 | } |
| 1436 | xoff = LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph); |
| 1437 | yoff = LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph); |
| 1438 | wadjust = LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph); |
| 1439 | font->driver->draw (s, i, i + 1, x + xoff, y + yoff, 0); |
| 1440 | x += wadjust; |
| 1441 | j = i + 1; |
| 1442 | width = 0; |
| 1443 | } |
| 1444 | } |
| 1445 | if (j < i) |
| 1446 | font->driver->draw (s, j, i, x, y, 0); |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font); |
| 1449 | } |
| 1450 | } |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness |
| 1454 | boosted. |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by |
| 1457 | brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this |
| 1458 | doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's |
| 1459 | brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to |
| 1460 | use an additional additive factor. |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 | The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color |
| 1463 | (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */ |
| 1464 | #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187 |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR |
| 1468 | or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. |
| 1469 | If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB |
| 1470 | values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR. |
| 1471 | DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. |
| 1472 | Value is non-zero if successful. */ |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 | static int |
| 1475 | w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta) |
| 1476 | struct frame *f; |
| 1477 | COLORREF *color; |
| 1478 | double factor; |
| 1479 | int delta; |
| 1480 | { |
| 1481 | COLORREF new; |
| 1482 | long bright; |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */ |
| 1485 | delta /= 256; |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */ |
| 1488 | xassert (factor >= 0); |
| 1489 | new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor * GetRValue (*color)), |
| 1490 | min (0xff, factor * GetGValue (*color)), |
| 1491 | min (0xff, factor * GetBValue (*color))); |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */ |
| 1494 | bright = (2 * GetRValue (*color) + 3 * GetGValue (*color) |
| 1495 | + GetBValue (*color)) / 6; |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | /* We only boost colors that are darker than |
| 1498 | HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */ |
| 1499 | if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT) |
| 1500 | /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so |
| 1501 | that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */ |
| 1502 | { |
| 1503 | /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */ |
| 1504 | double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT; |
| 1505 | /* The additive adjustment. */ |
| 1506 | int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2; |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 | if (factor < 1) |
| 1509 | new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetRValue (*color))), |
| 1510 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetGValue (*color))), |
| 1511 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetBValue (*color)))); |
| 1512 | else |
| 1513 | new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetRValue (*color))), |
| 1514 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetGValue (*color))), |
| 1515 | max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetBValue (*color)))); |
| 1516 | } |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | if (new == *color) |
| 1519 | new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetRValue (*color))), |
| 1520 | max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetGValue (*color))), |
| 1521 | max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetBValue (*color)))); |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */ |
| 1524 | /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */ |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | if (new == *color) |
| 1527 | return 0; |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | *color = new; |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | return 1; |
| 1532 | } |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS |
| 1535 | colors in COLORS. On W32, we no longer try to map colors to |
| 1536 | a palette. */ |
| 1537 | void |
| 1538 | x_query_colors (f, colors, ncolors) |
| 1539 | struct frame *f; |
| 1540 | XColor *colors; |
| 1541 | int ncolors; |
| 1542 | { |
| 1543 | int i; |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i++) |
| 1546 | { |
| 1547 | DWORD pixel = colors[i].pixel; |
| 1548 | /* Convert to a 16 bit value in range 0 - 0xffff. */ |
| 1549 | colors[i].red = GetRValue (pixel) * 257; |
| 1550 | colors[i].green = GetGValue (pixel) * 257; |
| 1551 | colors[i].blue = GetBValue (pixel) * 257; |
| 1552 | } |
| 1553 | } |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 | void |
| 1556 | x_query_color (f, color) |
| 1557 | struct frame *f; |
| 1558 | XColor *color; |
| 1559 | { |
| 1560 | x_query_colors (f, color, 1); |
| 1561 | } |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph |
| 1565 | string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC |
| 1566 | with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or |
| 1567 | DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found |
| 1568 | in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot |
| 1569 | be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */ |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | static void |
| 1572 | w32_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel) |
| 1573 | struct frame *f; |
| 1574 | struct relief *relief; |
| 1575 | double factor; |
| 1576 | int delta; |
| 1577 | COLORREF default_pixel; |
| 1578 | { |
| 1579 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1580 | struct w32_output *di = f->output_data.w32; |
| 1581 | unsigned long mask = GCForeground; |
| 1582 | COLORREF pixel; |
| 1583 | COLORREF background = di->relief_background; |
| 1584 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */ |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | /* Allocate new color. */ |
| 1589 | xgcv.foreground = default_pixel; |
| 1590 | pixel = background; |
| 1591 | if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta)) |
| 1592 | { |
| 1593 | relief->allocated_p = 1; |
| 1594 | xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel; |
| 1595 | } |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | if (relief->gc == 0) |
| 1598 | { |
| 1599 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 1600 | xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray; |
| 1601 | mask |= GCStipple; |
| 1602 | #endif |
| 1603 | relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv); |
| 1604 | } |
| 1605 | else |
| 1606 | XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 1607 | } |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */ |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | static void |
| 1613 | x_setup_relief_colors (s) |
| 1614 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1615 | { |
| 1616 | struct w32_output *di = s->f->output_data.w32; |
| 1617 | COLORREF color; |
| 1618 | |
| 1619 | if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p) |
| 1620 | color = s->face->box_color; |
| 1621 | else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH |
| 1622 | && s->img->pixmap |
| 1623 | && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0)) |
| 1624 | color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0); |
| 1625 | else |
| 1626 | color = s->gc->background; |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | if (di->white_relief.gc == 0 |
| 1629 | || color != di->relief_background) |
| 1630 | { |
| 1631 | di->relief_background = color; |
| 1632 | w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000, |
| 1633 | WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 1634 | w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000, |
| 1635 | BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 1636 | } |
| 1637 | } |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, |
| 1641 | TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief |
| 1642 | to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised |
| 1643 | relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of |
| 1644 | the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right |
| 1645 | side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use |
| 1646 | when drawing. */ |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | static void |
| 1649 | w32_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 1650 | raised_p, top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 1651 | struct frame *f; |
| 1652 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width; |
| 1653 | int top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p, raised_p; |
| 1654 | RECT *clip_rect; |
| 1655 | { |
| 1656 | int i; |
| 1657 | XGCValues gc; |
| 1658 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | if (raised_p) |
| 1661 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 1662 | else |
| 1663 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect); |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 | /* Top. */ |
| 1668 | if (top_p) |
| 1669 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 1670 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 1671 | left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i, |
| 1672 | right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p ) + 1, 1); |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | /* Left. */ |
| 1675 | if (left_p) |
| 1676 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 1677 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 1678 | left_x + i, top_y + i, 1, |
| 1679 | bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i + 1); |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 | if (raised_p) |
| 1682 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 1683 | else |
| 1684 | gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground; |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 1687 | if (bot_p) |
| 1688 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 1689 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 1690 | left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i, |
| 1691 | right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p) + 1, 1); |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 | /* Right. */ |
| 1694 | if (right_p) |
| 1695 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 1696 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground, |
| 1697 | right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, 1, |
| 1698 | bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i - 1); |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 1703 | } |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y, |
| 1707 | RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to |
| 1708 | draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the |
| 1709 | left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line |
| 1710 | on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping |
| 1711 | rectangle to use when drawing. */ |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | static void |
| 1714 | w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 1715 | left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 1716 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1717 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p; |
| 1718 | RECT *clip_rect; |
| 1719 | { |
| 1720 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, clip_rect); |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | /* Top. */ |
| 1723 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 1724 | left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | /* Left. */ |
| 1727 | if (left_p) |
| 1728 | { |
| 1729 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 1730 | left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 1731 | } |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 1734 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 1735 | left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 | /* Right. */ |
| 1738 | if (right_p) |
| 1739 | { |
| 1740 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color, |
| 1741 | right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 1742 | } |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL); |
| 1745 | } |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */ |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | static void |
| 1751 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s) |
| 1752 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1753 | { |
| 1754 | int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p; |
| 1755 | int left_p, right_p; |
| 1756 | struct glyph *last_glyph; |
| 1757 | RECT clip_rect; |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | last_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && !s->w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 1760 | ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s->w) |
| 1761 | : window_box_right (s->w, s->area)); |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */ |
| 1764 | last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img |
| 1765 | ? s->first_glyph |
| 1766 | : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1); |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | width = eabs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1769 | raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX; |
| 1770 | left_x = s->x; |
| 1771 | right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 1772 | ? last_x - 1 |
| 1773 | : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1)); |
| 1774 | top_y = s->y; |
| 1775 | bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1; |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 1778 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 1779 | && (s->prev == NULL |
| 1780 | || s->prev->hl != s->hl))); |
| 1781 | right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p |
| 1782 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 1783 | && (s->next == NULL |
| 1784 | || s->next->hl != s->hl))); |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX) |
| 1789 | w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 1790 | left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 1791 | else |
| 1792 | { |
| 1793 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 1794 | w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, |
| 1795 | width, raised_p, 1, 1, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 1796 | } |
| 1797 | } |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */ |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 | static void |
| 1803 | x_draw_image_foreground (s) |
| 1804 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1805 | { |
| 1806 | int x = s->x; |
| 1807 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice); |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 1810 | right of that line. */ |
| 1811 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 1812 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 1813 | && s->slice.x == 0) |
| 1814 | x += eabs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 1817 | by that margin. */ |
| 1818 | if (s->slice.x == 0) |
| 1819 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 1820 | if (s->slice.y == 0) |
| 1821 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | SaveDC (s->hdc); |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 1826 | { |
| 1827 | HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 1828 | HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground); |
| 1829 | HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush); |
| 1830 | HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap); |
| 1831 | SetBkColor (compat_hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255)); |
| 1832 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0)); |
| 1833 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 1836 | { |
| 1837 | HDC mask_dc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 1838 | HGDIOBJ mask_orig_obj = SelectObject (mask_dc, s->img->mask); |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255)); |
| 1841 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0)); |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 1844 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCINVERT); |
| 1845 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 1846 | mask_dc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCAND); |
| 1847 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 1848 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCINVERT); |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | SelectObject (mask_dc, mask_orig_obj); |
| 1851 | DeleteDC (mask_dc); |
| 1852 | } |
| 1853 | else |
| 1854 | { |
| 1855 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 1856 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 | BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 1859 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCCOPY); |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 1862 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 1863 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 1864 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 1865 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 1866 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 1867 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 1868 | { |
| 1869 | int r = s->img->relief; |
| 1870 | if (r < 0) r = -r; |
| 1871 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r , |
| 1872 | s->slice.width + r*2 - 1, |
| 1873 | s->slice.height + r*2 - 1); |
| 1874 | } |
| 1875 | } |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL); |
| 1878 | SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush); |
| 1879 | DeleteObject (fg_brush); |
| 1880 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj); |
| 1881 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 1882 | } |
| 1883 | else |
| 1884 | w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, |
| 1885 | s->slice.width - 1, s->slice.height - 1); |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | RestoreDC (s->hdc ,-1); |
| 1888 | } |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */ |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | static void |
| 1894 | x_draw_image_relief (s) |
| 1895 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1896 | { |
| 1897 | int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p; |
| 1898 | RECT r; |
| 1899 | int x = s->x; |
| 1900 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice); |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 1903 | right of that line. */ |
| 1904 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 1905 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 1906 | && s->slice.x == 0) |
| 1907 | x += eabs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 1910 | by that margin. */ |
| 1911 | if (s->slice.x == 0) |
| 1912 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 1913 | if (s->slice.y == 0) |
| 1914 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN |
| 1917 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED) |
| 1918 | { |
| 1919 | thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF; |
| 1920 | raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 1921 | } |
| 1922 | else |
| 1923 | { |
| 1924 | thick = eabs (s->img->relief); |
| 1925 | raised_p = s->img->relief > 0; |
| 1926 | } |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 | x0 = x - thick; |
| 1929 | y0 = y - thick; |
| 1930 | x1 = x + s->slice.width + thick - 1; |
| 1931 | y1 = y + s->slice.height + thick - 1; |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 1934 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 1935 | w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, |
| 1936 | s->slice.y == 0, |
| 1937 | s->slice.y + s->slice.height == s->img->height, |
| 1938 | s->slice.x == 0, |
| 1939 | s->slice.x + s->slice.width == s->img->width, |
| 1940 | &r); |
| 1941 | } |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */ |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | static void |
| 1947 | w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap) |
| 1948 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1949 | HBITMAP pixmap; |
| 1950 | { |
| 1951 | HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 1952 | HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj = SelectObject (hdc, pixmap); |
| 1953 | int x = 0; |
| 1954 | int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice); |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 1957 | right of that line. */ |
| 1958 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 1959 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 1960 | && s->slice.x == 0) |
| 1961 | x += eabs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 1964 | by that margin. */ |
| 1965 | if (s->slice.x == 0) |
| 1966 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 1967 | if (s->slice.y == 0) |
| 1968 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 1971 | { |
| 1972 | HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc); |
| 1973 | HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground); |
| 1974 | HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush); |
| 1975 | HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap); |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 1978 | { |
| 1979 | HDC mask_dc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc); |
| 1980 | HGDIOBJ mask_orig_obj = SelectObject (mask_dc, s->img->mask); |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 | SetTextColor (hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0)); |
| 1983 | SetBkColor (hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255)); |
| 1984 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 1985 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCINVERT); |
| 1986 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 1987 | mask_dc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCAND); |
| 1988 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 1989 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCINVERT); |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 | SelectObject (mask_dc, mask_orig_obj); |
| 1992 | DeleteDC (mask_dc); |
| 1993 | } |
| 1994 | else |
| 1995 | { |
| 1996 | SetTextColor (hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 1997 | SetBkColor (hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->slice.width, s->slice.height, |
| 2000 | compat_hdc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y, SRCCOPY); |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 2003 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 2004 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 2005 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 2006 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 2007 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 2008 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 2009 | { |
| 2010 | int r = s->img->relief; |
| 2011 | if (r < 0) r = -r; |
| 2012 | w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r, |
| 2013 | s->slice.width + r*2 - 1, |
| 2014 | s->slice.height + r*2 - 1); |
| 2015 | } |
| 2016 | } |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush); |
| 2019 | DeleteObject (fg_brush); |
| 2020 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj); |
| 2021 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 2022 | } |
| 2023 | else |
| 2024 | w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, |
| 2025 | s->slice.width - 1, s->slice.height - 1); |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | SelectObject (hdc, orig_hdc_obj); |
| 2028 | DeleteDC (hdc); |
| 2029 | } |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 | /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H |
| 2033 | give the rectangle to draw. */ |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | static void |
| 2036 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 2037 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2038 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 2039 | { |
| 2040 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 2041 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 2042 | { |
| 2043 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 2044 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 2045 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 2046 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 2047 | } |
| 2048 | else |
| 2049 | #endif |
| 2050 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h); |
| 2051 | } |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | /* Draw image glyph string S. |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | s->y |
| 2057 | s->x +------------------------- |
| 2058 | | s->face->box |
| 2059 | | |
| 2060 | | +------------------------- |
| 2061 | | | s->img->vmargin |
| 2062 | | | |
| 2063 | | | +------------------- |
| 2064 | | | | the image |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | */ |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | static void |
| 2069 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s) |
| 2070 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2071 | { |
| 2072 | int x, y; |
| 2073 | int box_line_hwidth = eabs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2074 | int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); |
| 2075 | int height; |
| 2076 | HBITMAP pixmap = 0; |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 | height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth; |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is |
| 2081 | taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce |
| 2082 | flickering. */ |
| 2083 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2084 | if (height > s->slice.height |
| 2085 | || s->img->hmargin |
| 2086 | || s->img->vmargin |
| 2087 | || s->img->mask |
| 2088 | || s->img->pixmap == 0 |
| 2089 | || s->width != s->background_width) |
| 2090 | { |
| 2091 | x = s->x; |
| 2092 | if (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 2093 | && s->slice.x == 0) |
| 2094 | x += box_line_hwidth; |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | y = s->y; |
| 2097 | if (s->slice.y == 0) |
| 2098 | y += box_line_vwidth; |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | #if 0 /* TODO: figure out if we need to do this on Windows. */ |
| 2101 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 2102 | { |
| 2103 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it |
| 2104 | with the background color. Copy the image to it, using |
| 2105 | its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */ |
| 2106 | Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f); |
| 2107 | int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen); |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */ |
| 2110 | pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window, |
| 2111 | s->background_width, |
| 2112 | s->height, depth); |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the |
| 2115 | pixmap. */ |
| 2116 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */ |
| 2119 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 2120 | { |
| 2121 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 2122 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 2123 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 2124 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 2125 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 2126 | } |
| 2127 | else |
| 2128 | { |
| 2129 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2130 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, |
| 2131 | &xgcv); |
| 2132 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); |
| 2133 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 2134 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 2135 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 2136 | } |
| 2137 | } |
| 2138 | else |
| 2139 | #endif |
| 2140 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height); |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2143 | } |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | /* Draw the foreground. */ |
| 2146 | if (pixmap != 0) |
| 2147 | { |
| 2148 | w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap); |
| 2149 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2150 | { |
| 2151 | HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc); |
| 2152 | HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground); |
| 2153 | HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush); |
| 2154 | HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap); |
| 2155 | |
| 2156 | SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground); |
| 2157 | SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background); |
| 2158 | BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height, |
| 2159 | compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush); |
| 2162 | DeleteObject (fg_brush); |
| 2163 | SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj); |
| 2164 | DeleteDC (compat_hdc); |
| 2165 | } |
| 2166 | DeleteObject (pixmap); |
| 2167 | pixmap = 0; |
| 2168 | } |
| 2169 | else |
| 2170 | x_draw_image_foreground (s); |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */ |
| 2173 | if (s->img->relief |
| 2174 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 2175 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 2176 | x_draw_image_relief (s); |
| 2177 | } |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */ |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | static void |
| 2183 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s) |
| 2184 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2185 | { |
| 2186 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR |
| 2189 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 2190 | { |
| 2191 | /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor |
| 2192 | as wide as the stretch glyph. */ |
| 2193 | int width, background_width = s->background_width; |
| 2194 | int x = s->x, left_x = window_box_left_offset (s->w, TEXT_AREA); |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | if (x < left_x) |
| 2197 | { |
| 2198 | background_width -= left_x - x; |
| 2199 | x = left_x; |
| 2200 | } |
| 2201 | width = min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s->f), background_width); |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | /* Draw cursor. */ |
| 2204 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, s->y, width, s->height); |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 | /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */ |
| 2207 | if (width < background_width) |
| 2208 | { |
| 2209 | XGCValues *gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2210 | int y = s->y; |
| 2211 | int w = background_width - width, h = s->height; |
| 2212 | RECT r; |
| 2213 | HDC hdc = s->hdc; |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | x += width; |
| 2216 | if (s->row->mouse_face_p |
| 2217 | && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w)) |
| 2218 | { |
| 2219 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 2220 | gc = s->gc; |
| 2221 | } |
| 2222 | else |
| 2223 | gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 2226 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &r); |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */ |
| 2229 | if (s->face->stipple) |
| 2230 | { |
| 2231 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 2232 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 2233 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 2234 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid); |
| 2235 | } |
| 2236 | else |
| 2237 | #endif |
| 2238 | { |
| 2239 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, gc->background, x, y, w, h); |
| 2240 | } |
| 2241 | } |
| 2242 | } |
| 2243 | else if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 2244 | { |
| 2245 | int background_width = s->background_width; |
| 2246 | int x = s->x, left_x = window_box_left_offset (s->w, TEXT_AREA); |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area |
| 2249 | except for header line and mode line. */ |
| 2250 | if (x < left_x && !s->row->mode_line_p) |
| 2251 | { |
| 2252 | background_width -= left_x - x; |
| 2253 | x = left_x; |
| 2254 | } |
| 2255 | if (background_width > 0) |
| 2256 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, s->y, background_width, s->height); |
| 2257 | } |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2260 | } |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | /* Draw glyph string S. */ |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 | static void |
| 2266 | x_draw_glyph_string (s) |
| 2267 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2268 | { |
| 2269 | int relief_drawn_p = 0; |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the |
| 2272 | background of the successor first so that S can draw into it. |
| 2273 | This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */ |
| 2274 | if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps) |
| 2275 | { |
| 2276 | int width; |
| 2277 | struct glyph_string *next; |
| 2278 | for (width = 0, next = s->next; |
| 2279 | next && width < s->right_overhang; |
| 2280 | width += next->width, next = next->next) |
| 2281 | if (next->first_glyph->type != IMAGE_GLYPH) |
| 2282 | { |
| 2283 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (next); |
| 2284 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next); |
| 2285 | if (next->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH) |
| 2286 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next); |
| 2287 | else |
| 2288 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (next, 1); |
| 2289 | next->num_clips = 0; |
| 2290 | } |
| 2291 | } |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */ |
| 2294 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s); |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the |
| 2297 | glyph string can be drawn over it. */ |
| 2298 | if (!s->for_overlaps |
| 2299 | && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2300 | && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH |
| 2301 | || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH)) |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | { |
| 2304 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2305 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 2306 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 2307 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2308 | relief_drawn_p = 1; |
| 2309 | } |
| 2310 | else if (!s->clip_head /* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */ |
| 2311 | && !s->clip_tail |
| 2312 | && ((s->prev && s->prev->hl != s->hl && s->left_overhang) |
| 2313 | || (s->next && s->next->hl != s->hl && s->right_overhang))) |
| 2314 | /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already |
| 2315 | drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be |
| 2316 | drawn later when s->next is drawn. */ |
| 2317 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s, s); |
| 2318 | else |
| 2319 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 | switch (s->first_glyph->type) |
| 2322 | { |
| 2323 | case IMAGE_GLYPH: |
| 2324 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s); |
| 2325 | break; |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | case STRETCH_GLYPH: |
| 2328 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s); |
| 2329 | break; |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 | case CHAR_GLYPH: |
| 2332 | if (s->for_overlaps) |
| 2333 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2334 | else |
| 2335 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0); |
| 2336 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 2337 | break; |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 | case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: |
| 2340 | if (s->for_overlaps || (s->cmp_from > 0 |
| 2341 | && ! s->first_glyph->u.cmp.automatic)) |
| 2342 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2343 | else |
| 2344 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 2345 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 2346 | break; |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | default: |
| 2349 | abort (); |
| 2350 | } |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | if (!s->for_overlaps) |
| 2353 | { |
| 2354 | /* Draw underline. */ |
| 2355 | if (s->face->underline_p) |
| 2356 | { |
| 2357 | unsigned long thickness, position; |
| 2358 | int y; |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | if (s->prev && s->prev->face->underline_p) |
| 2361 | { |
| 2362 | /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */ |
| 2363 | thickness = s->prev->underline_thickness; |
| 2364 | position = s->prev->underline_position; |
| 2365 | } |
| 2366 | else |
| 2367 | { |
| 2368 | /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */ |
| 2369 | if (s->font && s->font->underline_thickness > 0) |
| 2370 | thickness = s->font->underline_thickness; |
| 2371 | else |
| 2372 | thickness = 1; |
| 2373 | if (x_underline_at_descent_line) |
| 2374 | position = (s->height - thickness) - (s->ybase - s->y); |
| 2375 | else |
| 2376 | { |
| 2377 | /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended |
| 2378 | vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of |
| 2379 | the underline. This is a signed value according to the |
| 2380 | specs, and its default is |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | ROUND ((maximum_descent) / 2), with |
| 2383 | ROUND (x) = floor (x + 0.5) */ |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | if (x_use_underline_position_properties |
| 2386 | && s->font && s->font->underline_position >= 0) |
| 2387 | position = s->font->underline_position; |
| 2388 | else if (s->font) |
| 2389 | position = (s->font->descent + 1) / 2; |
| 2390 | } |
| 2391 | position = max (position, underline_minimum_offset); |
| 2392 | } |
| 2393 | /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should |
| 2394 | avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */ |
| 2395 | if (s->y + s->height <= s->ybase + position) |
| 2396 | position = (s->height - 1) - (s->ybase - s->y); |
| 2397 | if (s->y + s->height < s->ybase + position + thickness) |
| 2398 | thickness = (s->y + s->height) - (s->ybase + position); |
| 2399 | s->underline_thickness = thickness; |
| 2400 | s->underline_position =position; |
| 2401 | y = s->ybase + position; |
| 2402 | if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p) |
| 2403 | { |
| 2404 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, |
| 2405 | y, s->background_width, 1); |
| 2406 | } |
| 2407 | else |
| 2408 | { |
| 2409 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x, |
| 2410 | y, s->background_width, 1); |
| 2411 | } |
| 2412 | } |
| 2413 | /* Draw overline. */ |
| 2414 | if (s->face->overline_p) |
| 2415 | { |
| 2416 | unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1; |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p) |
| 2419 | { |
| 2420 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, |
| 2421 | s->y + dy, s->background_width, h); |
| 2422 | } |
| 2423 | else |
| 2424 | { |
| 2425 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->overline_color, s->x, |
| 2426 | s->y + dy, s->background_width, h); |
| 2427 | } |
| 2428 | } |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | /* Draw strike-through. */ |
| 2431 | if (s->face->strike_through_p |
| 2432 | && !FONT_TEXTMETRIC(s->font).tmStruckOut) |
| 2433 | { |
| 2434 | unsigned long h = 1; |
| 2435 | unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2; |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p) |
| 2438 | { |
| 2439 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 2440 | s->width, h); |
| 2441 | } |
| 2442 | else |
| 2443 | { |
| 2444 | w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->strike_through_color, s->x, |
| 2445 | s->y + dy, s->width, h); |
| 2446 | } |
| 2447 | } |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */ |
| 2450 | if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2451 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | if (s->prev) |
| 2454 | { |
| 2455 | struct glyph_string *prev; |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | for (prev = s->prev; prev; prev = prev->prev) |
| 2458 | if (prev->hl != s->hl |
| 2459 | && prev->x + prev->width + prev->right_overhang > s->x) |
| 2460 | { |
| 2461 | /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we |
| 2462 | must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */ |
| 2463 | enum draw_glyphs_face save = prev->hl; |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | prev->hl = s->hl; |
| 2466 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev); |
| 2467 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s, prev); |
| 2468 | if (prev->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 2469 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev); |
| 2470 | else |
| 2471 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev); |
| 2472 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (prev->hdc, NULL); |
| 2473 | prev->hl = save; |
| 2474 | prev->num_clips = 0; |
| 2475 | } |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | if (s->next) |
| 2479 | { |
| 2480 | struct glyph_string *next; |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | for (next = s->next; next; next = next->next) |
| 2483 | if (next->hl != s->hl |
| 2484 | && next->x - next->left_overhang < s->x + s->width) |
| 2485 | { |
| 2486 | /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area, |
| 2487 | we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */ |
| 2488 | enum draw_glyphs_face save = next->hl; |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | next->hl = s->hl; |
| 2491 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (next); |
| 2492 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s, next); |
| 2493 | if (next->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 2494 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next); |
| 2495 | else |
| 2496 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next); |
| 2497 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (next->hdc, NULL); |
| 2498 | next->hl = save; |
| 2499 | next->num_clips = 0; |
| 2500 | } |
| 2501 | } |
| 2502 | } |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | /* Reset clipping. */ |
| 2505 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL); |
| 2506 | s->num_clips = 0; |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */ |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 | void |
| 2513 | w32_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f, x, y, width, height, shift_by) |
| 2514 | struct frame *f; |
| 2515 | int x, y, width, height, shift_by; |
| 2516 | { |
| 2517 | HDC hdc; |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 2520 | BitBlt (hdc, x + shift_by, y, width, height, |
| 2521 | hdc, x, y, SRCCOPY); |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 2524 | } |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented |
| 2528 | for X frames. */ |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | static void |
| 2531 | x_delete_glyphs (f, n) |
| 2532 | struct frame *f; |
| 2533 | register int n; |
| 2534 | { |
| 2535 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 2536 | return; |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | abort (); |
| 2539 | } |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | |
| 2542 | /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that |
| 2543 | frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */ |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | static void |
| 2546 | x_clear_frame (struct frame *f) |
| 2547 | { |
| 2548 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 2549 | return; |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no |
| 2552 | longer visible. */ |
| 2553 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
| 2554 | output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0; |
| 2555 | output_cursor.x = -1; |
| 2556 | |
| 2557 | /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always |
| 2558 | follow an explicit cursor_to. */ |
| 2559 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | w32_clear_window (f); |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 | /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed |
| 2564 | colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ |
| 2565 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f); |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2568 | } |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | \f |
| 2571 | /* Make audible bell. */ |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | static void |
| 2574 | w32_ring_bell (struct frame *f) |
| 2575 | { |
| 2576 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 | if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && visible_bell) |
| 2579 | { |
| 2580 | int i; |
| 2581 | HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 | for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) |
| 2584 | { |
| 2585 | FlashWindow (hwnd, TRUE); |
| 2586 | Sleep (10); |
| 2587 | } |
| 2588 | FlashWindow (hwnd, FALSE); |
| 2589 | } |
| 2590 | else |
| 2591 | w32_sys_ring_bell (f); |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2594 | } |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | \f |
| 2597 | /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, |
| 2598 | should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. |
| 2599 | This, and those operations, are used only within an update |
| 2600 | that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */ |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 | static void |
| 2603 | w32_set_terminal_window (n) |
| 2604 | register int n; |
| 2605 | { |
| 2606 | /* This function intentionally left blank. */ |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | \f |
| 2610 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 2611 | Line Dance |
| 2612 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N |
| 2615 | lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | static void |
| 2618 | x_ins_del_lines (f, vpos, n) |
| 2619 | struct frame *f; |
| 2620 | int vpos, n; |
| 2621 | { |
| 2622 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 2623 | return; |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 | abort (); |
| 2626 | } |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */ |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 | static void |
| 2632 | x_scroll_run (w, run) |
| 2633 | struct window *w; |
| 2634 | struct run *run; |
| 2635 | { |
| 2636 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 2637 | int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y; |
| 2638 | HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 2639 | HRGN expect_dirty; |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W, |
| 2642 | without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right |
| 2643 | fringes of W. */ |
| 2644 | window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height); |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y); |
| 2647 | to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y); |
| 2648 | bottom_y = y + height; |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | if (to_y < from_y) |
| 2651 | { |
| 2652 | /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode |
| 2653 | line at the bottom. */ |
| 2654 | if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 2655 | height = bottom_y - from_y; |
| 2656 | else |
| 2657 | height = run->height; |
| 2658 | expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y + height, x + width, bottom_y); |
| 2659 | } |
| 2660 | else |
| 2661 | { |
| 2662 | /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line. |
| 2663 | at the bottom. */ |
| 2664 | if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 2665 | height = bottom_y - to_y; |
| 2666 | else |
| 2667 | height = run->height; |
| 2668 | expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y, x + width, to_y); |
| 2669 | } |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */ |
| 2674 | updated_window = w; |
| 2675 | x_clear_cursor (w); |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 | { |
| 2678 | RECT from; |
| 2679 | RECT to; |
| 2680 | HRGN dirty = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 2681 | HRGN combined = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | from.left = to.left = x; |
| 2684 | from.right = to.right = x + width; |
| 2685 | from.top = from_y; |
| 2686 | from.bottom = from_y + height; |
| 2687 | to.top = y; |
| 2688 | to.bottom = bottom_y; |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 | ScrollWindowEx (hwnd, 0, to_y - from_y, &from, &to, dirty, |
| 2691 | NULL, SW_INVALIDATE); |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | /* Combine this with what we expect to be dirty. This covers the |
| 2694 | case where not all of the region we expect is actually dirty. */ |
| 2695 | CombineRgn (combined, dirty, expect_dirty, RGN_OR); |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | /* If the dirty region is not what we expected, redraw the entire frame. */ |
| 2698 | if (!EqualRgn (combined, expect_dirty)) |
| 2699 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | DeleteObject (dirty); |
| 2702 | DeleteObject (combined); |
| 2703 | } |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2706 | DeleteObject (expect_dirty); |
| 2707 | } |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | \f |
| 2711 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 2712 | Exposure Events |
| 2713 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | static void |
| 2716 | frame_highlight (f) |
| 2717 | struct frame *f; |
| 2718 | { |
| 2719 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 2720 | x_set_frame_alpha (f); |
| 2721 | } |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | static void |
| 2724 | frame_unhighlight (f) |
| 2725 | struct frame *f; |
| 2726 | { |
| 2727 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 2728 | x_set_frame_alpha (f); |
| 2729 | } |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 | /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect |
| 2732 | the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame |
| 2733 | here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. |
| 2734 | Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the |
| 2735 | Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | static void |
| 2738 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame) |
| 2739 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2740 | struct frame *frame; |
| 2741 | { |
| 2742 | struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 2745 | { |
| 2746 | /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see |
| 2747 | the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */ |
| 2748 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame; |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) |
| 2751 | x_lower_frame (old_focus); |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
| 2754 | pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
| 2755 | else |
| 2756 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 2757 | } |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); |
| 2760 | } |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME. |
| 2764 | If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts |
| 2765 | a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */ |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | static void |
| 2768 | x_focus_changed (type, state, dpyinfo, frame, bufp) |
| 2769 | int type; |
| 2770 | int state; |
| 2771 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2772 | struct frame *frame; |
| 2773 | struct input_event *bufp; |
| 2774 | { |
| 2775 | if (type == WM_SETFOCUS) |
| 2776 | { |
| 2777 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame != frame) |
| 2778 | { |
| 2779 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame); |
| 2780 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = frame; |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message |
| 2783 | for a switch-frame event we don't need. */ |
| 2784 | if (NILP (Vterminal_frame) |
| 2785 | && CONSP (Vframe_list) |
| 2786 | && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 2787 | { |
| 2788 | bufp->kind = FOCUS_IN_EVENT; |
| 2789 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, frame); |
| 2790 | } |
| 2791 | } |
| 2792 | |
| 2793 | frame->output_data.x->focus_state |= state; |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | /* TODO: IME focus? */ |
| 2796 | } |
| 2797 | else if (type == WM_KILLFOCUS) |
| 2798 | { |
| 2799 | frame->output_data.x->focus_state &= ~state; |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame == frame) |
| 2802 | { |
| 2803 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 2804 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 2805 | } |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 | /* TODO: IME focus? */ |
| 2808 | } |
| 2809 | } |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change, |
| 2813 | by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events. |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */ |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | static void |
| 2818 | w32_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, event, bufp) |
| 2819 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2820 | W32Msg *event; |
| 2821 | struct input_event *bufp; |
| 2822 | { |
| 2823 | struct frame *frame; |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | frame = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event->msg.hwnd); |
| 2826 | if (! frame) |
| 2827 | return; |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | /* On w32, this is only called from focus events, so no switch needed. */ |
| 2830 | x_focus_changed (event->msg.message, |
| 2831 | (event->msg.message == WM_KILLFOCUS ? |
| 2832 | FOCUS_IMPLICIT : FOCUS_EXPLICIT), |
| 2833 | dpyinfo, frame, bufp); |
| 2834 | } |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */ |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 | void |
| 2840 | x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo) |
| 2841 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2842 | { |
| 2843 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame); |
| 2844 | } |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to |
| 2847 | another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate |
| 2848 | mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which |
| 2851 | frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find |
| 2852 | the appropriate X display info. */ |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | static void |
| 2855 | w32_frame_rehighlight (frame) |
| 2856 | struct frame *frame; |
| 2857 | { |
| 2858 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (frame)) |
| 2859 | return; |
| 2860 | x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); |
| 2861 | } |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 | static void |
| 2864 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo) |
| 2865 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2866 | { |
| 2867 | struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame; |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 | if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 2870 | { |
| 2871 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame |
| 2872 | = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))) |
| 2873 | ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)) |
| 2874 | : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame); |
| 2875 | if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)) |
| 2876 | { |
| 2877 | FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil; |
| 2878 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame; |
| 2879 | } |
| 2880 | } |
| 2881 | else |
| 2882 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 2883 | |
| 2884 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
| 2885 | { |
| 2886 | if (old_highlight) |
| 2887 | frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); |
| 2888 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 2889 | frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame); |
| 2890 | } |
| 2891 | } |
| 2892 | \f |
| 2893 | /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */ |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | /* Convert a keysym to its name. */ |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | char * |
| 2898 | x_get_keysym_name (keysym) |
| 2899 | int keysym; |
| 2900 | { |
| 2901 | /* Make static so we can always return it */ |
| 2902 | static char value[100]; |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2905 | GetKeyNameText (keysym, value, 100); |
| 2906 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | return value; |
| 2909 | } |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | \f |
| 2913 | /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | /* Parse a button MESSAGE. The button index is returned in PBUTTON, and |
| 2916 | the state in PUP. XBUTTON provides extra information for extended mouse |
| 2917 | button messages. Returns FALSE if unable to parse the message. */ |
| 2918 | BOOL |
| 2919 | parse_button (message, xbutton, pbutton, pup) |
| 2920 | int message; |
| 2921 | int xbutton; |
| 2922 | int * pbutton; |
| 2923 | int * pup; |
| 2924 | { |
| 2925 | int button = 0; |
| 2926 | int up = 0; |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | switch (message) |
| 2929 | { |
| 2930 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
| 2931 | button = 0; |
| 2932 | up = 0; |
| 2933 | break; |
| 2934 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: |
| 2935 | button = 0; |
| 2936 | up = 1; |
| 2937 | break; |
| 2938 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: |
| 2939 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 2940 | button = 1; |
| 2941 | else |
| 2942 | button = 2; |
| 2943 | up = 0; |
| 2944 | break; |
| 2945 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: |
| 2946 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 2947 | button = 1; |
| 2948 | else |
| 2949 | button = 2; |
| 2950 | up = 1; |
| 2951 | break; |
| 2952 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: |
| 2953 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 2954 | button = 2; |
| 2955 | else |
| 2956 | button = 1; |
| 2957 | up = 0; |
| 2958 | break; |
| 2959 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: |
| 2960 | if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons)) |
| 2961 | button = 2; |
| 2962 | else |
| 2963 | button = 1; |
| 2964 | up = 1; |
| 2965 | break; |
| 2966 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
| 2967 | button = xbutton + 2; |
| 2968 | up = 0; |
| 2969 | break; |
| 2970 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: |
| 2971 | button = xbutton + 2; |
| 2972 | up = 1; |
| 2973 | break; |
| 2974 | default: |
| 2975 | return (FALSE); |
| 2976 | } |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | if (pup) *pup = up; |
| 2979 | if (pbutton) *pbutton = button; |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 | return (TRUE); |
| 2982 | } |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed |
| 2988 | the mouse. */ |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | static Lisp_Object |
| 2991 | construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f) |
| 2992 | struct input_event *result; |
| 2993 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 2994 | struct frame *f; |
| 2995 | { |
| 2996 | int button; |
| 2997 | int up; |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 | parse_button (msg->msg.message, HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam), |
| 3000 | &button, &up); |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 | /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide |
| 3003 | otherwise. */ |
| 3004 | result->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 3005 | result->code = button; |
| 3006 | result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 3007 | result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers |
| 3008 | | (up |
| 3009 | ? up_modifier |
| 3010 | : down_modifier)); |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam)); |
| 3013 | XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam)); |
| 3014 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3015 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 3016 | return Qnil; |
| 3017 | } |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | static Lisp_Object |
| 3020 | construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f) |
| 3021 | struct input_event *result; |
| 3022 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 3023 | struct frame *f; |
| 3024 | { |
| 3025 | POINT p; |
| 3026 | int delta; |
| 3027 | |
| 3028 | result->kind = msg->msg.message == WM_MOUSEHWHEEL ? HORIZ_WHEEL_EVENT |
| 3029 | : WHEEL_EVENT; |
| 3030 | result->code = 0; |
| 3031 | result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | /* A WHEEL_DELTA positive value indicates that the wheel was rotated |
| 3034 | forward, away from the user (up); a negative value indicates that |
| 3035 | the wheel was rotated backward, toward the user (down). */ |
| 3036 | delta = GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM (msg->msg.wParam); |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | /* The up and down modifiers indicate if the wheel was rotated up or |
| 3039 | down based on WHEEL_DELTA value. */ |
| 3040 | result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers |
| 3041 | | ((delta < 0 ) ? down_modifier : up_modifier)); |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | /* With multiple monitors, we can legitimately get negative |
| 3044 | coordinates, so cast to short to interpret them correctly. */ |
| 3045 | p.x = (short) LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 3046 | p.y = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 3047 | ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p); |
| 3048 | XSETINT (result->x, p.x); |
| 3049 | XSETINT (result->y, p.y); |
| 3050 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3051 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 3052 | return Qnil; |
| 3053 | } |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | static Lisp_Object |
| 3056 | construct_drag_n_drop (result, msg, f) |
| 3057 | struct input_event *result; |
| 3058 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 3059 | struct frame *f; |
| 3060 | { |
| 3061 | Lisp_Object files; |
| 3062 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 3063 | HDROP hdrop; |
| 3064 | POINT p; |
| 3065 | WORD num_files; |
| 3066 | char *name; |
| 3067 | int i, len; |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | result->kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT; |
| 3070 | result->code = 0; |
| 3071 | result->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 3072 | result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers; |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | hdrop = (HDROP) msg->msg.wParam; |
| 3075 | DragQueryPoint (hdrop, &p); |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | #if 0 |
| 3078 | p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 3079 | p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam); |
| 3080 | ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p); |
| 3081 | #endif |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | XSETINT (result->x, p.x); |
| 3084 | XSETINT (result->y, p.y); |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | num_files = DragQueryFile (hdrop, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL, 0); |
| 3087 | files = Qnil; |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++) |
| 3090 | { |
| 3091 | len = DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, NULL, 0); |
| 3092 | if (len <= 0) |
| 3093 | continue; |
| 3094 | name = alloca (len + 1); |
| 3095 | DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, name, len + 1); |
| 3096 | files = Fcons (DECODE_FILE (build_string (name)), files); |
| 3097 | } |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | DragFinish (hdrop); |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 3102 | result->frame_or_window = frame; |
| 3103 | result->arg = files; |
| 3104 | return Qnil; |
| 3105 | } |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | \f |
| 3108 | /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. |
| 3109 | The input handler calls this. |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 | We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. |
| 3112 | If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell |
| 3113 | the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for |
| 3114 | another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | static MSG last_mouse_motion_event; |
| 3117 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame; |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 | static int |
| 3120 | note_mouse_movement (frame, msg) |
| 3121 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 3122 | MSG *msg; |
| 3123 | { |
| 3124 | int mouse_x = LOWORD (msg->lParam); |
| 3125 | int mouse_y = HIWORD (msg->lParam); |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time; |
| 3128 | memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event, msg, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event)); |
| 3129 | XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame); |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame)) |
| 3132 | return 0; |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 | if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame)) |
| 3135 | { |
| 3136 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 3137 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3138 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); |
| 3139 | last_mouse_glyph_frame = 0; |
| 3140 | return 1; |
| 3141 | } |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ |
| 3144 | if (frame != last_mouse_glyph_frame |
| 3145 | || mouse_x < last_mouse_glyph.left |
| 3146 | || mouse_x >= last_mouse_glyph.right |
| 3147 | || mouse_y < last_mouse_glyph.top |
| 3148 | || mouse_y >= last_mouse_glyph.bottom) |
| 3149 | { |
| 3150 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 3151 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3152 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y); |
| 3153 | /* Remember the mouse position here, as w32_mouse_position only |
| 3154 | gets called when mouse tracking is enabled but we also need |
| 3155 | to keep track of the mouse for help_echo and highlighting at |
| 3156 | other times. */ |
| 3157 | remember_mouse_glyph (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y, &last_mouse_glyph); |
| 3158 | last_mouse_glyph_frame = frame; |
| 3159 | return 1; |
| 3160 | } |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | return 0; |
| 3163 | } |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | \f |
| 3166 | /************************************************************************ |
| 3167 | Mouse Face |
| 3168 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar (); |
| 3171 | static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (); |
| 3172 | static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | static void |
| 3175 | redo_mouse_highlight () |
| 3176 | { |
| 3177 | if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame) |
| 3178 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame))) |
| 3179 | note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame), |
| 3180 | LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam), |
| 3181 | HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam)); |
| 3182 | } |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | static void |
| 3185 | w32_define_cursor (window, cursor) |
| 3186 | Window window; |
| 3187 | Cursor cursor; |
| 3188 | { |
| 3189 | PostMessage (window, WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR, (WPARAM) cursor, 0); |
| 3190 | } |
| 3191 | /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
| 3192 | *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window, |
| 3195 | and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse |
| 3196 | is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's |
| 3197 | position on the scroll bar. |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the |
| 3200 | mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell |
| 3201 | the mouse is over. |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse |
| 3204 | was at this position. |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse |
| 3209 | movement. */ |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | static void |
| 3212 | w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 3213 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 3214 | int insist; |
| 3215 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 3216 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 3217 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 3218 | unsigned long *time; |
| 3219 | { |
| 3220 | FRAME_PTR f1; |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0) |
| 3225 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time); |
| 3226 | else |
| 3227 | { |
| 3228 | POINT pt; |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ |
| 3233 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 3234 | XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | GetCursorPos (&pt); |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window |
| 3241 | containing the pointer. */ |
| 3242 | { |
| 3243 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 3244 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 3245 | { |
| 3246 | /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame |
| 3247 | even if the mouse is now outside it. */ |
| 3248 | f1 = last_mouse_frame; |
| 3249 | } |
| 3250 | else |
| 3251 | { |
| 3252 | /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */ |
| 3253 | f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), |
| 3254 | WindowFromPoint (pt)); |
| 3255 | } |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ |
| 3258 | if (! f1) |
| 3259 | { |
| 3260 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 3261 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt)); |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | if (bar) |
| 3264 | { |
| 3265 | f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 3266 | } |
| 3267 | } |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0) |
| 3270 | f1 = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | if (f1) |
| 3273 | { |
| 3274 | /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. |
| 3275 | last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the |
| 3276 | generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion |
| 3277 | events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the |
| 3278 | size of the smallest character that could be displayed |
| 3279 | on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on |
| 3280 | the frame are divided into. */ |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt); |
| 3283 | remember_mouse_glyph (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &last_mouse_glyph); |
| 3284 | last_mouse_glyph_frame = f1; |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 | *bar_window = Qnil; |
| 3287 | *part = 0; |
| 3288 | *fp = f1; |
| 3289 | XSETINT (*x, pt.x); |
| 3290 | XSETINT (*y, pt.y); |
| 3291 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 3292 | } |
| 3293 | } |
| 3294 | } |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3297 | } |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | \f |
| 3300 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 3301 | Tool-bars |
| 3302 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at |
| 3305 | frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress |
| 3306 | or ButtonRelase. */ |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | static void |
| 3309 | w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event) |
| 3310 | struct frame *f; |
| 3311 | struct input_event *button_event; |
| 3312 | { |
| 3313 | int x = XFASTINT (button_event->x); |
| 3314 | int y = XFASTINT (button_event->y); |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 | if (button_event->modifiers & down_modifier) |
| 3317 | handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 1, 0); |
| 3318 | else |
| 3319 | handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 0, |
| 3320 | button_event->modifiers & ~up_modifier); |
| 3321 | } |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | \f |
| 3325 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 3326 | Scroll bars |
| 3327 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | /* Scroll bar support. */ |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. |
| 3332 | This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark |
| 3333 | bits. */ |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 3336 | x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) |
| 3337 | Window window_id; |
| 3338 | { |
| 3339 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 | for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 3342 | { |
| 3343 | Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | frame = XCAR (tail); |
| 3346 | /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ |
| 3347 | if (! FRAMEP (frame)) |
| 3348 | abort (); |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the |
| 3351 | right window ID. */ |
| 3352 | condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 3353 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 3354 | /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and |
| 3355 | condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ |
| 3356 | ! NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, |
| 3357 | condemned = Qnil, |
| 3358 | ! NILP (bar)); |
| 3359 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 3360 | if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) |
| 3361 | return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 3362 | } |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | return 0; |
| 3365 | } |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | \f |
| 3369 | /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently |
| 3370 | displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | static void |
| 3373 | w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) |
| 3374 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3375 | int portion, position, whole; |
| 3376 | { |
| 3377 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
| 3378 | /* We use the whole scroll-bar height in the calculations below, to |
| 3379 | avoid strange effects like scrolling backwards when just clicking |
| 3380 | on the handle (without moving it). */ |
| 3381 | double range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) |
| 3382 | + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 3383 | int sb_page, sb_pos; |
| 3384 | BOOL draggingp = !NILP (bar->dragging) ? TRUE : FALSE; |
| 3385 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | /* We used to change the nPage setting while dragging the handle, |
| 3388 | but that had very strange effects (such as scrolling backwards |
| 3389 | while dragging downwards). |
| 3390 | |
| 3391 | Now, we don't change the nPage setting while dragging unless we |
| 3392 | get near to the end of the buffer, in which case we often have to |
| 3393 | resize the handle to "go all the way". */ |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | if (draggingp) |
| 3396 | { |
| 3397 | int near_bottom_p; |
| 3398 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3399 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3400 | si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE; |
| 3401 | GetScrollInfo(w, SB_CTL, &si); |
| 3402 | near_bottom_p = si.nPos + si.nPage >= range; |
| 3403 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3404 | if (!near_bottom_p) |
| 3405 | return; |
| 3406 | } |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | if (whole) |
| 3409 | { |
| 3410 | /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the |
| 3411 | buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away |
| 3412 | to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */ |
| 3413 | if (position + portion >= whole && !draggingp) |
| 3414 | { |
| 3415 | sb_page = range * (whole - position) / whole; |
| 3416 | sb_pos = range; |
| 3417 | } |
| 3418 | else |
| 3419 | { |
| 3420 | sb_pos = position * range / whole; |
| 3421 | sb_page = (min (portion, (whole - position)) * range) / whole; |
| 3422 | } |
| 3423 | } |
| 3424 | else |
| 3425 | { |
| 3426 | sb_page = range; |
| 3427 | sb_pos = 0; |
| 3428 | } |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | sb_page = max (sb_page, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE); |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3435 | si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
| 3436 | si.nPage = sb_page; |
| 3437 | si.nPos = sb_pos; |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | SetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, TRUE); |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3442 | } |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 | \f |
| 3445 | /************************************************************************ |
| 3446 | Scroll bars, general |
| 3447 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 | static HWND |
| 3450 | my_create_scrollbar (f, bar) |
| 3451 | struct frame * f; |
| 3452 | struct scroll_bar * bar; |
| 3453 | { |
| 3454 | return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 3455 | WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f, |
| 3456 | (LPARAM) bar); |
| 3457 | } |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 | /*#define ATTACH_THREADS*/ |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | static BOOL |
| 3462 | my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how) |
| 3463 | { |
| 3464 | #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS |
| 3465 | return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW, |
| 3466 | (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how); |
| 3467 | #else |
| 3468 | return ShowWindow (hwnd, how); |
| 3469 | #endif |
| 3470 | } |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | static void |
| 3473 | my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter, |
| 3474 | int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags) |
| 3475 | { |
| 3476 | #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS |
| 3477 | WINDOWPOS pos; |
| 3478 | pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter; |
| 3479 | pos.x = x; |
| 3480 | pos.y = y; |
| 3481 | pos.cx = cx; |
| 3482 | pos.cy = cy; |
| 3483 | pos.flags = flags; |
| 3484 | SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0); |
| 3485 | #else |
| 3486 | SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags); |
| 3487 | #endif |
| 3488 | } |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 | static void |
| 3491 | my_set_focus (f, hwnd) |
| 3492 | struct frame * f; |
| 3493 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3494 | { |
| 3495 | SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS, |
| 3496 | (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
| 3497 | } |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | static void |
| 3500 | my_set_foreground_window (hwnd) |
| 3501 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3502 | { |
| 3503 | SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND, (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
| 3504 | } |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 | static void |
| 3508 | my_destroy_window (f, hwnd) |
| 3509 | struct frame * f; |
| 3510 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3511 | { |
| 3512 | SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW, |
| 3513 | (WPARAM) hwnd, 0); |
| 3514 | } |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is |
| 3517 | the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT, |
| 3518 | WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the |
| 3519 | scroll bar. */ |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 3522 | x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height) |
| 3523 | struct window *w; |
| 3524 | int top, left, width, height; |
| 3525 | { |
| 3526 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 3527 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3528 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3529 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 3530 | = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w); |
| 3535 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 3536 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
| 3537 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); |
| 3538 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 3539 | XSETINT (bar->start, 0); |
| 3540 | XSETINT (bar->end, 0); |
| 3541 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 3542 | bar->fringe_extended_p = Qnil; |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */ |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar); |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3549 | si.fMask = SIF_ALL; |
| 3550 | si.nMin = 0; |
| 3551 | si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height) |
| 3552 | + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 3553 | si.nPage = si.nMax; |
| 3554 | si.nPos = 0; |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | SetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd); |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 | /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ |
| 3561 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 3562 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 3563 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 3564 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 3565 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | return bar; |
| 3570 | } |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to |
| 3574 | nil. */ |
| 3575 | |
| 3576 | static void |
| 3577 | x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) |
| 3578 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3579 | { |
| 3580 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | /* Destroy the window. */ |
| 3585 | my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ |
| 3588 | XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3591 | } |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 | /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate |
| 3594 | that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE |
| 3595 | characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, |
| 3596 | create one. */ |
| 3597 | static void |
| 3598 | w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position) |
| 3599 | struct window *w; |
| 3600 | int portion, whole, position; |
| 3601 | { |
| 3602 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 3603 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3604 | int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width; |
| 3605 | int window_y, window_height; |
| 3606 | int fringe_extended_p; |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | /* Get window dimensions. */ |
| 3609 | window_box (w, -1, 0, &window_y, 0, &window_height); |
| 3610 | top = window_y; |
| 3611 | width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 3612 | height = window_height; |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */ |
| 3615 | left = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w); |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than |
| 3618 | the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */ |
| 3619 | if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w) > 0) |
| 3620 | sb_width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w); |
| 3621 | else |
| 3622 | sb_width = width; |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */ |
| 3625 | if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w)) |
| 3626 | sb_left = left + (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w) ? width - sb_width : 0); |
| 3627 | else |
| 3628 | sb_left = left + (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w) ? 0 : width - sb_width); |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 | if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w)) |
| 3631 | fringe_extended_p = (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w) |
| 3632 | && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
| 3633 | && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
| 3634 | || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w) == 0)); |
| 3635 | else |
| 3636 | fringe_extended_p = (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w) |
| 3637 | && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
| 3638 | && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
| 3639 | || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w) == 0)); |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ |
| 3642 | if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 3643 | { |
| 3644 | HDC hdc; |
| 3645 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3646 | if (width > 0 && height > 0) |
| 3647 | { |
| 3648 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 3649 | if (fringe_extended_p) |
| 3650 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, sb_left, top, sb_width, height); |
| 3651 | else |
| 3652 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height); |
| 3653 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 3654 | } |
| 3655 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height); |
| 3658 | } |
| 3659 | else |
| 3660 | { |
| 3661 | /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ |
| 3662 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 3665 | hwnd = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 | /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */ |
| 3668 | if ( XINT (bar->left) == sb_left |
| 3669 | && XINT (bar->top) == top |
| 3670 | && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width |
| 3671 | && XINT (bar->height) == height |
| 3672 | && !NILP (bar->fringe_extended_p) == fringe_extended_p ) |
| 3673 | { |
| 3674 | /* Redraw after clear_frame. */ |
| 3675 | if (!my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL)) |
| 3676 | InvalidateRect (hwnd, NULL, FALSE); |
| 3677 | } |
| 3678 | else |
| 3679 | { |
| 3680 | HDC hdc; |
| 3681 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3684 | if (width && height) |
| 3685 | { |
| 3686 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 3687 | /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved |
| 3688 | for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */ |
| 3689 | if (fringe_extended_p) |
| 3690 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, sb_left, top, sb_width, height); |
| 3691 | else |
| 3692 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height); |
| 3693 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 3694 | } |
| 3695 | /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the |
| 3696 | area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */ |
| 3697 | my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_HIDE); |
| 3698 | MoveWindow (hwnd, sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 3699 | top, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 3700 | max (height, 1), TRUE); |
| 3701 | |
| 3702 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3703 | si.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
| 3704 | si.nMin = 0; |
| 3705 | si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height) |
| 3706 | + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | SetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL); |
| 3711 | /* InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); */ |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 | /* Remember new settings. */ |
| 3714 | XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left); |
| 3715 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 3716 | XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width); |
| 3717 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 3718 | |
| 3719 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3720 | } |
| 3721 | } |
| 3722 | bar->fringe_extended_p = fringe_extended_p ? Qt : Qnil; |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 | XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 3727 | } |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
| 3731 | redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
| 3732 | are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
| 3733 | away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys |
| 3734 | and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay |
| 3735 | that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar |
| 3736 | from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
| 3739 | to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
| 3740 | `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */ |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | static void |
| 3743 | w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
| 3744 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 3745 | { |
| 3746 | /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */ |
| 3747 | while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 3748 | { |
| 3749 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 3750 | bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 3751 | FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; |
| 3752 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 3753 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil; |
| 3754 | if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 3755 | XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar; |
| 3756 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar; |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | } |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle. |
| 3762 | Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 | static void |
| 3765 | w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window) |
| 3766 | struct window *window; |
| 3767 | { |
| 3768 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3769 | struct frame *f; |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ |
| 3772 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 3773 | abort (); |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ |
| 3778 | f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
| 3779 | if (NILP (bar->prev)) |
| 3780 | { |
| 3781 | /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of |
| 3782 | the lists. */ |
| 3783 | if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 3784 | /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ |
| 3785 | return; |
| 3786 | else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), |
| 3787 | window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 3788 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; |
| 3789 | else |
| 3790 | /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of |
| 3791 | one or the other! */ |
| 3792 | abort (); |
| 3793 | } |
| 3794 | else |
| 3795 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 3798 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 3801 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 3802 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 3803 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 3804 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 3805 | } |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
| 3808 | last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | static void |
| 3811 | w32_judge_scroll_bars (f) |
| 3812 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 3813 | { |
| 3814 | Lisp_Object bar, next; |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any |
| 3819 | more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ |
| 3820 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) |
| 3823 | { |
| 3824 | struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 | next = b->next; |
| 3829 | b->next = b->prev = Qnil; |
| 3830 | } |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, |
| 3833 | and they should get garbage-collected. */ |
| 3834 | } |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind |
| 3837 | is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued. |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 3840 | mark bits. */ |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | static int |
| 3843 | w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event) |
| 3844 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 3845 | W32Msg *msg; |
| 3846 | struct input_event *emacs_event; |
| 3847 | { |
| 3848 | if (! WINDOWP (bar->window)) |
| 3849 | abort (); |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 | emacs_event->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 3852 | emacs_event->code = 0; |
| 3853 | /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */ |
| 3854 | emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers; |
| 3855 | emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
| 3856 | emacs_event->arg = Qnil; |
| 3857 | emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time; |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | { |
| 3860 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 3861 | int y; |
| 3862 | int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging); |
| 3863 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3866 | si.fMask = SIF_POS; |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 | GetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si); |
| 3869 | y = si.nPos; |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos = msg->msg.wParam; |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam)) |
| 3877 | { |
| 3878 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
| 3879 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 3880 | break; |
| 3881 | case SB_LINEUP: |
| 3882 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow; |
| 3883 | break; |
| 3884 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
| 3885 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 3886 | break; |
| 3887 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
| 3888 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 3889 | break; |
| 3890 | case SB_TOP: |
| 3891 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3892 | y = 0; |
| 3893 | break; |
| 3894 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
| 3895 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3896 | y = top_range; |
| 3897 | break; |
| 3898 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
| 3899 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
| 3900 | if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff) |
| 3901 | y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam); |
| 3902 | bar->dragging = Qt; |
| 3903 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | /* "Silently" update current position. */ |
| 3906 | { |
| 3907 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3910 | si.fMask = SIF_POS; |
| 3911 | si.nPos = y; |
| 3912 | /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real |
| 3913 | position, so don't set that directly. */ |
| 3914 | last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y; |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | SetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE); |
| 3917 | } |
| 3918 | break; |
| 3919 | case SB_ENDSCROLL: |
| 3920 | /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll |
| 3921 | handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do |
| 3922 | nothing. */ |
| 3923 | if (dragging) |
| 3924 | { |
| 3925 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3926 | int start = XINT (bar->start); |
| 3927 | int end = XINT (bar->end); |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3930 | si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
| 3931 | si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 3932 | si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos; |
| 3933 | SetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE); |
| 3934 | } |
| 3935 | /* fall through */ |
| 3936 | default: |
| 3937 | emacs_event->kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 3938 | return FALSE; |
| 3939 | } |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
| 3942 | XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | return TRUE; |
| 3945 | } |
| 3946 | } |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse |
| 3949 | on the scroll bar. */ |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | static void |
| 3952 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 3953 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 3954 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 3955 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 3956 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 3957 | unsigned long *time; |
| 3958 | { |
| 3959 | struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 3960 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar); |
| 3961 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 3962 | int pos; |
| 3963 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 3964 | SCROLLINFO si; |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 | *fp = f; |
| 3969 | *bar_window = bar->window; |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | si.cbSize = sizeof (si); |
| 3972 | si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE; |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | GetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si); |
| 3975 | pos = si.nPos; |
| 3976 | top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1; |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos)) |
| 3979 | { |
| 3980 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
| 3981 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
| 3982 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3983 | if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff) |
| 3984 | pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos); |
| 3985 | break; |
| 3986 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
| 3987 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3988 | pos++; |
| 3989 | break; |
| 3990 | default: |
| 3991 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3992 | break; |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | XSETINT (*x, pos); |
| 3996 | XSETINT (*y, top_range); |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 3999 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4004 | } |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or |
| 4008 | background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. |
| 4009 | Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can |
| 4010 | redraw them. */ |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 | void |
| 4013 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f) |
| 4014 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 4015 | { |
| 4016 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0, |
| 4019 | if we just turned off scroll bar mode. |
| 4020 | But in that case we should not clear them. */ |
| 4021 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 4022 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); |
| 4023 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 4024 | { |
| 4025 | HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)); |
| 4026 | HDC hdc = GetDC (window); |
| 4027 | RECT rect; |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move |
| 4030 | arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */ |
| 4031 | my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE); |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | GetClientRect (window, &rect); |
| 4034 | select_palette (f, hdc); |
| 4035 | w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect); |
| 4036 | deselect_palette (f, hdc); |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | ReleaseDC (window, hdc); |
| 4039 | } |
| 4040 | } |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 | \f |
| 4043 | /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */ |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | /* Record the last 100 characters stored |
| 4046 | to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | static int temp_index; |
| 4049 | static short temp_buffer[100]; |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 | /* Temporarily store lead byte of DBCS input sequences. */ |
| 4052 | static char dbcs_lead = 0; |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | /* Read events coming from the W32 shell. |
| 4055 | This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. |
| 4056 | We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, |
| 4059 | thus pretending to be `read'. |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 | EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the |
| 4064 | system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return |
| 4065 | the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them |
| 4066 | we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we |
| 4067 | will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate |
| 4068 | which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called |
| 4069 | recursively with different messages by the system. |
| 4070 | */ |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 | int |
| 4073 | w32_read_socket (sd, expected, hold_quit) |
| 4074 | register int sd; |
| 4075 | int expected; |
| 4076 | struct input_event *hold_quit; |
| 4077 | { |
| 4078 | int count = 0; |
| 4079 | int check_visibility = 0; |
| 4080 | W32Msg msg; |
| 4081 | struct frame *f; |
| 4082 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | if (interrupt_input_blocked) |
| 4085 | { |
| 4086 | interrupt_input_pending = 1; |
| 4087 | return -1; |
| 4088 | } |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | interrupt_input_pending = 0; |
| 4091 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 | /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ |
| 4094 | input_signal_count++; |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | /* TODO: ghostscript integration. */ |
| 4097 | while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE)) |
| 4098 | { |
| 4099 | struct input_event inev; |
| 4100 | int do_help = 0; |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | EVENT_INIT (inev); |
| 4103 | inev.kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 4104 | inev.arg = Qnil; |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | switch (msg.msg.message) |
| 4107 | { |
| 4108 | case WM_EMACS_PAINT: |
| 4109 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | if (f) |
| 4112 | { |
| 4113 | if (msg.rect.right == msg.rect.left || |
| 4114 | msg.rect.bottom == msg.rect.top) |
| 4115 | { |
| 4116 | /* We may get paint messages even though the client |
| 4117 | area is clipped - these are not expose events. */ |
| 4118 | DebPrint (("clipped frame %p (%s) got WM_PAINT - ignored\n", f, |
| 4119 | SDATA (f->name))); |
| 4120 | } |
| 4121 | else if (f->async_visible != 1) |
| 4122 | { |
| 4123 | /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */ |
| 4124 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 4125 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 4126 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 4127 | DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) reexposed by WM_PAINT\n", f, |
| 4128 | SDATA (f->name))); |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 | /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report |
| 4131 | visibility changes properly. */ |
| 4132 | if (f->iconified) |
| 4133 | { |
| 4134 | inev.kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT; |
| 4135 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4136 | } |
| 4137 | else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) |
| 4138 | && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 4139 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the |
| 4140 | frame titles in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 4141 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 4142 | } |
| 4143 | else |
| 4144 | { |
| 4145 | HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 | /* Erase background again for safety. */ |
| 4148 | w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &msg.rect); |
| 4149 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 4150 | expose_frame (f, |
| 4151 | msg.rect.left, |
| 4152 | msg.rect.top, |
| 4153 | msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left, |
| 4154 | msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top); |
| 4155 | } |
| 4156 | } |
| 4157 | break; |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE: |
| 4160 | /* Generate a language change event. */ |
| 4161 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | if (f) |
| 4164 | { |
| 4165 | inev.kind = LANGUAGE_CHANGE_EVENT; |
| 4166 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4167 | inev.code = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4168 | inev.modifiers = msg.msg.lParam & 0xffff; |
| 4169 | } |
| 4170 | break; |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
| 4173 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
| 4174 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | if (f && !f->iconified) |
| 4177 | { |
| 4178 | if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight) |
| 4179 | && !EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 4180 | { |
| 4181 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4182 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1; |
| 4183 | } |
| 4184 | |
| 4185 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 4186 | temp_index = 0; |
| 4187 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4188 | inev.kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; |
| 4189 | inev.code = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4190 | inev.modifiers = msg.dwModifiers; |
| 4191 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4192 | inev.timestamp = msg.msg.time; |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | break; |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | case WM_UNICHAR: |
| 4197 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
| 4198 | case WM_CHAR: |
| 4199 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | if (f && !f->iconified) |
| 4202 | { |
| 4203 | if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight) |
| 4204 | && !EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 4205 | { |
| 4206 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4207 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1; |
| 4208 | } |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 4211 | temp_index = 0; |
| 4212 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | inev.modifiers = msg.dwModifiers; |
| 4215 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4216 | inev.timestamp = msg.msg.time; |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | if (msg.msg.message == WM_UNICHAR) |
| 4219 | { |
| 4220 | inev.code = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4221 | } |
| 4222 | else if (msg.msg.wParam < 256) |
| 4223 | { |
| 4224 | wchar_t code; |
| 4225 | char dbcs[2]; |
| 4226 | dbcs[0] = 0; |
| 4227 | dbcs[1] = (char) msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | if (dbcs_lead) |
| 4230 | { |
| 4231 | dbcs[0] = dbcs_lead; |
| 4232 | dbcs_lead = 0; |
| 4233 | if (!MultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, 0, dbcs, 2, &code, 1)) |
| 4234 | { |
| 4235 | /* Garbage */ |
| 4236 | DebPrint (("Invalid DBCS sequence: %d %d\n", |
| 4237 | dbcs[0], dbcs[1])); |
| 4238 | inev.kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 4239 | break; |
| 4240 | } |
| 4241 | } |
| 4242 | else if (IsDBCSLeadByteEx (CP_ACP, (BYTE) msg.msg.wParam)) |
| 4243 | { |
| 4244 | dbcs_lead = (char) msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4245 | inev.kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 4246 | break; |
| 4247 | } |
| 4248 | else |
| 4249 | { |
| 4250 | if (!MultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, 0, &dbcs[1], 1, |
| 4251 | &code, 1)) |
| 4252 | { |
| 4253 | /* What to do with garbage? */ |
| 4254 | DebPrint (("Invalid character: %d\n", dbcs[1])); |
| 4255 | inev.kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 4256 | break; |
| 4257 | } |
| 4258 | } |
| 4259 | inev.code = code; |
| 4260 | } |
| 4261 | else |
| 4262 | { |
| 4263 | /* Windows shouldn't generate WM_CHAR events above 0xFF |
| 4264 | in non-Unicode message handlers. */ |
| 4265 | DebPrint (("Non-byte WM_CHAR: %d\n", msg.msg.wParam)); |
| 4266 | inev.kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 4267 | break; |
| 4268 | } |
| 4269 | inev.kind = inev.code < 128 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT |
| 4270 | : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; |
| 4271 | } |
| 4272 | break; |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | case WM_APPCOMMAND: |
| 4275 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 | if (f && !f->iconified) |
| 4278 | { |
| 4279 | if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight) |
| 4280 | && !EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 4281 | { |
| 4282 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4283 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1; |
| 4284 | } |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 4287 | temp_index = 0; |
| 4288 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4289 | inev.kind = MULTIMEDIA_KEY_EVENT; |
| 4290 | inev.code = GET_APPCOMMAND_LPARAM(msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4291 | inev.modifiers = msg.dwModifiers; |
| 4292 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4293 | inev.timestamp = msg.msg.time; |
| 4294 | } |
| 4295 | break; |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
| 4298 | /* Ignore non-movement. */ |
| 4299 | { |
| 4300 | int x = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4301 | int y = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4302 | if (x == last_mousemove_x && y == last_mousemove_y) |
| 4303 | break; |
| 4304 | last_mousemove_x = x; |
| 4305 | last_mousemove_y = y; |
| 4306 | } |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 | previous_help_echo_string = help_echo_string; |
| 4309 | help_echo_string = Qnil; |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 4312 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 4313 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 4314 | else |
| 4315 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden) |
| 4318 | { |
| 4319 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0; |
| 4320 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4321 | } |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 | if (f) |
| 4324 | { |
| 4325 | /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */ |
| 4326 | if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window)) |
| 4327 | { |
| 4328 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 4329 | int x = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4330 | int y = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | /* Window will be selected only when it is not |
| 4335 | selected now and last mouse movement event was |
| 4336 | not in it. Minibuffer window will be selected |
| 4337 | only when it is active. */ |
| 4338 | if (WINDOWP(window) |
| 4339 | && !EQ (window, last_window) |
| 4340 | && !EQ (window, selected_window) |
| 4341 | /* For click-to-focus window managers |
| 4342 | create event iff we don't leave the |
| 4343 | selected frame. */ |
| 4344 | && (focus_follows_mouse |
| 4345 | || (EQ (XWINDOW (window)->frame, |
| 4346 | XWINDOW (selected_window)->frame)))) |
| 4347 | { |
| 4348 | inev.kind = SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT; |
| 4349 | inev.frame_or_window = window; |
| 4350 | } |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 | last_window=window; |
| 4353 | } |
| 4354 | if (!note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg)) |
| 4355 | help_echo_string = previous_help_echo_string; |
| 4356 | } |
| 4357 | else |
| 4358 | { |
| 4359 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 4360 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 4361 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4362 | } |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 | /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string |
| 4365 | has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */ |
| 4366 | #if 0 /* The below is an invalid comparison when USE_LISP_UNION_TYPE. |
| 4367 | But it was originally changed to this to fix a bug, so I have |
| 4368 | not removed it completely in case the bug is still there. */ |
| 4369 | if (help_echo_string != previous_help_echo_string || |
| 4370 | (!NILP (help_echo_string) && !STRINGP (help_echo_string) && f->mouse_moved)) |
| 4371 | #else /* This is what xterm.c does. */ |
| 4372 | if (!NILP (help_echo_string) |
| 4373 | || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string)) |
| 4374 | do_help = 1; |
| 4375 | #endif |
| 4376 | break; |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
| 4379 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: |
| 4380 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: |
| 4381 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: |
| 4382 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: |
| 4383 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: |
| 4384 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
| 4385 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: |
| 4386 | { |
| 4387 | /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen |
| 4388 | by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ |
| 4389 | int tool_bar_p = 0; |
| 4390 | int button; |
| 4391 | int up; |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 4394 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 4395 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 4396 | else |
| 4397 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | if (f) |
| 4400 | { |
| 4401 | construct_mouse_click (&inev, &msg, f); |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 | /* Is this in the tool-bar? */ |
| 4404 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) |
| 4405 | && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))) |
| 4406 | { |
| 4407 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 4408 | int x = XFASTINT (inev.x); |
| 4409 | int y = XFASTINT (inev.y); |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, 0, 0, 1); |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 4414 | { |
| 4415 | w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &inev); |
| 4416 | tool_bar_p = 1; |
| 4417 | } |
| 4418 | } |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | if (tool_bar_p |
| 4421 | || (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame |
| 4422 | && f != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)) |
| 4423 | inev.kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 4424 | } |
| 4425 | |
| 4426 | parse_button (msg.msg.message, HIWORD (msg.msg.wParam), |
| 4427 | &button, &up); |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | if (up) |
| 4430 | { |
| 4431 | dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button); |
| 4432 | } |
| 4433 | else |
| 4434 | { |
| 4435 | dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button); |
| 4436 | last_mouse_frame = f; |
| 4437 | /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened |
| 4438 | before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement |
| 4439 | Emacs events should reflect only motion after |
| 4440 | the ButtonPress. */ |
| 4441 | if (f != 0) |
| 4442 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | if (!tool_bar_p) |
| 4445 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 4446 | } |
| 4447 | break; |
| 4448 | } |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: |
| 4451 | case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: |
| 4452 | { |
| 4453 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 4454 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 4455 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 4456 | else |
| 4457 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | if (f) |
| 4460 | { |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | if (!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame |
| 4463 | || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 4464 | { |
| 4465 | /* Emit an Emacs wheel-up/down event. */ |
| 4466 | construct_mouse_wheel (&inev, &msg, f); |
| 4467 | } |
| 4468 | /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this |
| 4469 | event; any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events |
| 4470 | should reflect only motion after the |
| 4471 | ButtonPress. */ |
| 4472 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 4473 | } |
| 4474 | last_mouse_frame = f; |
| 4475 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 4476 | } |
| 4477 | break; |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
| 4480 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | if (f) |
| 4483 | construct_drag_n_drop (&inev, &msg, f); |
| 4484 | break; |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | case WM_VSCROLL: |
| 4487 | { |
| 4488 | struct scroll_bar *bar = |
| 4489 | x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam); |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 | if (bar) |
| 4492 | w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, &inev); |
| 4493 | break; |
| 4494 | } |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: |
| 4497 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4498 | if (f) |
| 4499 | { |
| 4500 | if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT) |
| 4501 | f->want_fullscreen &= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT|FULLSCREEN_BOTH); |
| 4502 | } |
| 4503 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4504 | break; |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
| 4507 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
| 4508 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4509 | if (f) |
| 4510 | x_check_fullscreen (f); |
| 4511 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4512 | break; |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 | case WM_MOVE: |
| 4515 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | if (f && !f->async_iconified) |
| 4518 | { |
| 4519 | int x, y; |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 4522 | f->left_pos = x; |
| 4523 | f->top_pos = y; |
| 4524 | } |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4527 | break; |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
| 4530 | /* wParam non-zero means Window is about to be shown, 0 means |
| 4531 | about to be hidden. */ |
| 4532 | /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */ |
| 4533 | if (!msg.msg.wParam && msg.msg.hwnd == tip_window) |
| 4534 | { |
| 4535 | tip_window = NULL; |
| 4536 | redo_mouse_highlight (); |
| 4537 | } |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window |
| 4540 | being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck |
| 4541 | visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own |
| 4542 | windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */ |
| 4543 | #if 0 |
| 4544 | if (msg.msg.lParam != 0) |
| 4545 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4546 | else |
| 4547 | { |
| 4548 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4549 | f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4550 | } |
| 4551 | #endif |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4554 | break; |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | case WM_SIZE: |
| 4557 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */ |
| 4560 | if (f) |
| 4561 | { |
| 4562 | switch (msg.msg.wParam) |
| 4563 | { |
| 4564 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: |
| 4565 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 4566 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | inev.kind = ICONIFY_EVENT; |
| 4569 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4570 | break; |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: |
| 4573 | case SIZE_RESTORED: |
| 4574 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 4575 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update |
| 4578 | the frame's display structures. */ |
| 4579 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | if (f->iconified) |
| 4582 | { |
| 4583 | int x, y; |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | /* Reset top and left positions of the Window |
| 4586 | here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message |
| 4587 | BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized |
| 4588 | when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000 |
| 4589 | as the co-ords. */ |
| 4590 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 4591 | f->left_pos = x; |
| 4592 | f->top_pos = y; |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | inev.kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT; |
| 4595 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4596 | } |
| 4597 | else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) |
| 4598 | && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 4599 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later |
| 4600 | to update the frame titles |
| 4601 | in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 4602 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 4603 | break; |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | } |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED) |
| 4608 | { |
| 4609 | RECT rect; |
| 4610 | int rows; |
| 4611 | int columns; |
| 4612 | int width; |
| 4613 | int height; |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 | GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect); |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | height = rect.bottom - rect.top; |
| 4618 | width = rect.right - rect.left; |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, height); |
| 4621 | columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, width); |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */ |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 | /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has |
| 4626 | not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need |
| 4627 | to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 | if (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
| 4630 | || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
| 4631 | || width != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 4632 | || height != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 4633 | { |
| 4634 | change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
| 4635 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 4636 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 4637 | FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = width; |
| 4638 | FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = height; |
| 4639 | f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 4640 | } |
| 4641 | } |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4644 | break; |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | case WM_MOUSELEAVE: |
| 4647 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4648 | if (f) |
| 4649 | { |
| 4650 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 4651 | { |
| 4652 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 4653 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 4654 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4655 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 4656 | } |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 | /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo. |
| 4659 | Do it only if there's something to cancel. |
| 4660 | Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when |
| 4661 | the mouse leaves the frame. */ |
| 4662 | if (any_help_event_p) |
| 4663 | do_help = -1; |
| 4664 | } |
| 4665 | break; |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
| 4668 | w32_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &msg, &inev); |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 4671 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4672 | break; |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
| 4675 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 | if (f) |
| 4678 | { |
| 4679 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame) |
| 4680 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 4683 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 4686 | { |
| 4687 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 4688 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 4689 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 4690 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 4691 | } |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 | /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo. |
| 4694 | Do it only if there's something to cancel. |
| 4695 | Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when |
| 4696 | the mouse leaves the frame. */ |
| 4697 | if (any_help_event_p) |
| 4698 | do_help = -1; |
| 4699 | } |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 4702 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4703 | break; |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 | case WM_CLOSE: |
| 4706 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | if (f) |
| 4709 | { |
| 4710 | inev.kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT; |
| 4711 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4712 | } |
| 4713 | break; |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | case WM_INITMENU: |
| 4716 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 | if (f) |
| 4719 | { |
| 4720 | inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; |
| 4721 | XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); |
| 4722 | } |
| 4723 | break; |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 | case WM_COMMAND: |
| 4726 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 | if (f) |
| 4729 | { |
| 4730 | extern void menubar_selection_callback |
| 4731 | (FRAME_PTR f, void * client_data); |
| 4732 | menubar_selection_callback (f, (void *)msg.msg.wParam); |
| 4733 | } |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4736 | break; |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
| 4739 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd); |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 | if (f) |
| 4742 | { |
| 4743 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam; |
| 4744 | DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", |
| 4745 | (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam), |
| 4746 | (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam))); |
| 4747 | } |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | check_visibility = 1; |
| 4750 | break; |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | default: |
| 4753 | /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */ |
| 4754 | if (msg.msg.message == msh_mousewheel) |
| 4755 | { |
| 4756 | /* Forward MSH_MOUSEWHEEL as WM_MOUSEWHEEL. */ |
| 4757 | msg.msg.message = WM_MOUSEWHEEL; |
| 4758 | prepend_msg (&msg); |
| 4759 | } |
| 4760 | break; |
| 4761 | } |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | if (inev.kind != NO_EVENT) |
| 4764 | { |
| 4765 | kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev, hold_quit); |
| 4766 | count++; |
| 4767 | } |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | if (do_help |
| 4770 | && !(hold_quit && hold_quit->kind != NO_EVENT)) |
| 4771 | { |
| 4772 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 | if (f) |
| 4775 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 4776 | else |
| 4777 | frame = Qnil; |
| 4778 | |
| 4779 | if (do_help > 0) |
| 4780 | { |
| 4781 | if (NILP (help_echo_string)) |
| 4782 | { |
| 4783 | help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 4784 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 4785 | } |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | any_help_event_p = 1; |
| 4788 | gen_help_event (help_echo_string, frame, help_echo_window, |
| 4789 | help_echo_object, help_echo_pos); |
| 4790 | } |
| 4791 | else |
| 4792 | { |
| 4793 | help_echo_string = Qnil; |
| 4794 | gen_help_event (Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0); |
| 4795 | } |
| 4796 | count++; |
| 4797 | } |
| 4798 | } |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 | /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame, |
| 4801 | raise it now. */ |
| 4802 | /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ |
| 4803 | if (pending_autoraise_frame) |
| 4804 | { |
| 4805 | x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); |
| 4806 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 4807 | } |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user |
| 4810 | events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We |
| 4811 | do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct |
| 4812 | notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has |
| 4813 | changed (at least, not in all cases). */ |
| 4814 | if (count > 0 || check_visibility) |
| 4815 | { |
| 4816 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 4819 | { |
| 4820 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame); |
| 4821 | /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid the |
| 4822 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */ |
| 4823 | if (EQ (frame, tip_frame)) |
| 4824 | continue; |
| 4825 | |
| 4826 | /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not. |
| 4827 | Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and |
| 4828 | obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */ |
| 4829 | if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible) |
| 4830 | { |
| 4831 | RECT clipbox; |
| 4832 | HDC hdc; |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | enter_crit (); |
| 4835 | /* Query clipping rectangle for the entire window area |
| 4836 | (GetWindowDC), not just the client portion (GetDC). |
| 4837 | Otherwise, the scrollbars and menubar aren't counted as |
| 4838 | part of the visible area of the frame, and we may think |
| 4839 | the frame is obscured when really a scrollbar is still |
| 4840 | visible and gets WM_PAINT messages above. */ |
| 4841 | hdc = GetWindowDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 4842 | GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox); |
| 4843 | ReleaseDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), hdc); |
| 4844 | leave_crit (); |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left |
| 4847 | || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top) |
| 4848 | { |
| 4849 | /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as |
| 4850 | such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so |
| 4851 | that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay |
| 4852 | will skip it). */ |
| 4853 | f->async_visible = 2; |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)) |
| 4856 | { |
| 4857 | DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) obscured\n", f, |
| 4858 | SDATA (f->name))); |
| 4859 | } |
| 4860 | } |
| 4861 | else |
| 4862 | { |
| 4863 | /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */ |
| 4864 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 | if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)) |
| 4867 | { |
| 4868 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 4869 | DebPrint (("obscured frame %p (%s) found to be visible\n", f, |
| 4870 | SDATA (f->name))); |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */ |
| 4873 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 4874 | } |
| 4875 | } |
| 4876 | } |
| 4877 | } |
| 4878 | } |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4881 | return count; |
| 4882 | } |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 | |
| 4885 | \f |
| 4886 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 4887 | Text Cursor |
| 4888 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which |
| 4891 | we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in. |
| 4892 | |
| 4893 | ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be |
| 4894 | clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display, |
| 4895 | mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */ |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | static void |
| 4898 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, area, hdc) |
| 4899 | struct window *w; |
| 4900 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4901 | int area; |
| 4902 | HDC hdc; |
| 4903 | { |
| 4904 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 4905 | RECT clip_rect; |
| 4906 | int window_x, window_y, window_width; |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | window_box (w, area, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, 0); |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | clip_rect.left = window_x; |
| 4911 | clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 4912 | clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y); |
| 4913 | clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width; |
| 4914 | clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height; |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &clip_rect); |
| 4917 | } |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */ |
| 4921 | |
| 4922 | static void |
| 4923 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row) |
| 4924 | struct window *w; |
| 4925 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4926 | { |
| 4927 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 4928 | HDC hdc; |
| 4929 | RECT rect; |
| 4930 | int left, top, h; |
| 4931 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 4932 | HBRUSH hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel); |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because |
| 4935 | the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */ |
| 4936 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 4937 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 4938 | return; |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */ |
| 4941 | get_phys_cursor_geometry (w, row, cursor_glyph, &left, &top, &h); |
| 4942 | rect.left = left; |
| 4943 | rect.top = top; |
| 4944 | rect.bottom = rect.top + h; |
| 4945 | rect.right = rect.left + w->phys_cursor_width; |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 4948 | /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */ |
| 4949 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, hdc); |
| 4950 | FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb); |
| 4951 | DeleteObject (hb); |
| 4952 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 4953 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 4954 | } |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 | /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an |
| 4960 | angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE. |
| 4961 | Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set. |
| 4962 | --gerd. */ |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | static void |
| 4965 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width, kind) |
| 4966 | struct window *w; |
| 4967 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4968 | int width; |
| 4969 | enum text_cursor_kinds kind; |
| 4970 | { |
| 4971 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 4972 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen |
| 4975 | in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs |
| 4976 | and mini-buffer. */ |
| 4977 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 4978 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 4979 | return; |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better |
| 4982 | visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that |
| 4983 | the bar might not be in the window. */ |
| 4984 | if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
| 4985 | { |
| 4986 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4987 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos); |
| 4988 | draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 4989 | } |
| 4990 | else |
| 4991 | { |
| 4992 | COLORREF cursor_color = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel; |
| 4993 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id); |
| 4994 | int x; |
| 4995 | HDC hdc; |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw |
| 4998 | the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is |
| 4999 | invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this |
| 5000 | case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so |
| 5001 | that the glyph is legible. */ |
| 5002 | if (face->background == cursor_color) |
| 5003 | cursor_color = face->foreground; |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 5008 | w32_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, hdc); |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | if (kind == BAR_CURSOR) |
| 5011 | { |
| 5012 | if (width < 0) |
| 5013 | width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f); |
| 5014 | width = min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width); |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | w->phys_cursor_width = width; |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x, |
| 5019 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y), |
| 5020 | width, row->height); |
| 5021 | } |
| 5022 | else |
| 5023 | { |
| 5024 | int dummy_x, dummy_y, dummy_h; |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | if (width < 0) |
| 5027 | width = row->height; |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 | width = min (row->height, width); |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | get_phys_cursor_geometry (w, row, cursor_glyph, &dummy_x, |
| 5032 | &dummy_y, &dummy_h); |
| 5033 | w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x, |
| 5034 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y + |
| 5035 | row->height - width), |
| 5036 | w->phys_cursor_width, width); |
| 5037 | } |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL); |
| 5040 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 5041 | } |
| 5042 | } |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */ |
| 5046 | |
| 5047 | static void |
| 5048 | w32_define_frame_cursor (f, cursor) |
| 5049 | struct frame *f; |
| 5050 | Cursor cursor; |
| 5051 | { |
| 5052 | w32_define_cursor (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor); |
| 5053 | } |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */ |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 | static void |
| 5059 | w32_clear_frame_area (f, x, y, width, height) |
| 5060 | struct frame *f; |
| 5061 | int x, y, width, height; |
| 5062 | { |
| 5063 | HDC hdc; |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 | hdc = get_frame_dc (f); |
| 5066 | w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x, y, width, height); |
| 5067 | release_frame_dc (f, hdc); |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | /* RIF: Draw or clear cursor on window W. */ |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | static void |
| 5073 | w32_draw_window_cursor (w, glyph_row, x, y, cursor_type, cursor_width, on_p, active_p) |
| 5074 | struct window *w; |
| 5075 | struct glyph_row *glyph_row; |
| 5076 | int x, y; |
| 5077 | int cursor_type, cursor_width; |
| 5078 | int on_p, active_p; |
| 5079 | { |
| 5080 | if (on_p) |
| 5081 | { |
| 5082 | /* If the user wants to use the system caret, make sure our own |
| 5083 | cursor remains invisible. */ |
| 5084 | if (w32_use_visible_system_caret) |
| 5085 | { |
| 5086 | /* Call to erase_phys_cursor here seems to use the |
| 5087 | wrong values of w->phys_cursor, as they have been |
| 5088 | overwritten before this function was called. */ |
| 5089 | if (w->phys_cursor_type != NO_CURSOR) |
| 5090 | erase_phys_cursor (w); |
| 5091 | |
| 5092 | cursor_type = w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; |
| 5093 | w->phys_cursor_width = -1; |
| 5094 | } |
| 5095 | else |
| 5096 | { |
| 5097 | w->phys_cursor_type = cursor_type; |
| 5098 | } |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1; |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 | /* If this is the active cursor, we need to track it with the |
| 5103 | system caret, so third party software like screen magnifiers |
| 5104 | and speech synthesizers can follow the cursor. */ |
| 5105 | if (active_p) |
| 5106 | { |
| 5107 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 5108 | HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | w32_system_caret_x |
| 5111 | = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 5112 | w32_system_caret_y |
| 5113 | = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y) |
| 5114 | + glyph_row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent); |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | /* If the size of the active cursor changed, destroy the old |
| 5117 | system caret. */ |
| 5118 | if (w32_system_caret_hwnd |
| 5119 | && (w32_system_caret_height != w->phys_cursor_height)) |
| 5120 | PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET, 0, 0); |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | w32_system_caret_height = w->phys_cursor_height; |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | /* Move the system caret. */ |
| 5125 | PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET, 0, 0); |
| 5126 | } |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | if (glyph_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
| 5129 | && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 5130 | { |
| 5131 | glyph_row->cursor_in_fringe_p = 1; |
| 5132 | draw_fringe_bitmap (w, glyph_row, 0); |
| 5133 | return; |
| 5134 | } |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | switch (cursor_type) |
| 5137 | { |
| 5138 | case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 5139 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row); |
| 5140 | break; |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 | case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 5143 | draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 5144 | break; |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 | case BAR_CURSOR: |
| 5147 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, BAR_CURSOR); |
| 5148 | break; |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | case HBAR_CURSOR: |
| 5151 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, HBAR_CURSOR); |
| 5152 | break; |
| 5153 | |
| 5154 | case NO_CURSOR: |
| 5155 | w->phys_cursor_width = 0; |
| 5156 | break; |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 | default: |
| 5159 | abort (); |
| 5160 | } |
| 5161 | } |
| 5162 | } |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | \f |
| 5166 | /* Icons. */ |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | int |
| 5169 | x_bitmap_icon (f, icon) |
| 5170 | struct frame *f; |
| 5171 | Lisp_Object icon; |
| 5172 | { |
| 5173 | HANDLE main_icon; |
| 5174 | HANDLE small_icon = NULL; |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 | if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 5177 | return 1; |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | if (NILP (icon)) |
| 5180 | main_icon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); |
| 5181 | else if (STRINGP (icon)) |
| 5182 | { |
| 5183 | /* Load the main icon from the named file. */ |
| 5184 | main_icon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) SDATA (icon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0, |
| 5185 | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE); |
| 5186 | /* Try to load a small icon to go with it. */ |
| 5187 | small_icon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCSTR) SDATA (icon), IMAGE_ICON, |
| 5188 | GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSMICON), |
| 5189 | GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSMICON), |
| 5190 | LR_LOADFROMFILE); |
| 5191 | } |
| 5192 | else if (SYMBOLP (icon)) |
| 5193 | { |
| 5194 | LPCTSTR name; |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 | if (EQ (icon, intern ("application"))) |
| 5197 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION; |
| 5198 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand"))) |
| 5199 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND; |
| 5200 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question"))) |
| 5201 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION; |
| 5202 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation"))) |
| 5203 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION; |
| 5204 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk"))) |
| 5205 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK; |
| 5206 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo"))) |
| 5207 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO; |
| 5208 | else |
| 5209 | return 1; |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | main_icon = LoadIcon (NULL, name); |
| 5212 | } |
| 5213 | else |
| 5214 | return 1; |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | if (main_icon == NULL) |
| 5217 | return 1; |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG, |
| 5220 | (LPARAM) main_icon); |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 | /* If there is a small icon that goes with it, set that too. */ |
| 5223 | if (small_icon) |
| 5224 | PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_SMALL, |
| 5225 | (LPARAM) small_icon); |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 | return 0; |
| 5228 | } |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | \f |
| 5231 | /************************************************************************ |
| 5232 | Handling X errors |
| 5233 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here |
| 5236 | helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c. |
| 5237 | |
| 5238 | x_error_catcher (display, error) |
| 5239 | x_catch_errors (dpy) |
| 5240 | x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val) |
| 5241 | x_check_errors (dpy, format) |
| 5242 | x_fully_uncatch_errors () |
| 5243 | x_catching_errors () |
| 5244 | x_had_errors_p (dpy) |
| 5245 | x_clear_errors (dpy) |
| 5246 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count) |
| 5247 | x_trace_wire () |
| 5248 | x_connection_signal (signalnum) |
| 5249 | x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message) |
| 5250 | x_error_quitter (display, error) |
| 5251 | x_error_handler (display, error) |
| 5252 | x_io_error_quitter (display) |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | */ |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 | \f |
| 5257 | /* Changing the font of the frame. */ |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | Lisp_Object |
| 5260 | x_new_font (f, font_object, fontset) |
| 5261 | struct frame *f; |
| 5262 | Lisp_Object font_object; |
| 5263 | int fontset; |
| 5264 | { |
| 5265 | struct font *font = XFONT_OBJECT (font_object); |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | if (fontset < 0) |
| 5268 | fontset = fontset_from_font (font_object); |
| 5269 | FRAME_FONTSET (f) = fontset; |
| 5270 | if (FRAME_FONT (f) == font) |
| 5271 | /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to |
| 5272 | do. */ |
| 5273 | return font_object; |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | FRAME_FONT (f) = font; |
| 5276 | FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = font->baseline_offset; |
| 5277 | FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) = font->average_width; |
| 5278 | FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f) = font->space_width; |
| 5279 | FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) = font->height; |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 | compute_fringe_widths (f, 1); |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ |
| 5284 | if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) > 0) |
| 5285 | { |
| 5286 | int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 5287 | FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) |
| 5288 | = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + wid - 1) / wid; |
| 5289 | } |
| 5290 | else |
| 5291 | { |
| 5292 | int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 5293 | FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (14 + wid - 1) / wid; |
| 5294 | } |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 | /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ |
| 5297 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
| 5298 | { |
| 5299 | /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in |
| 5300 | doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to |
| 5301 | problems because the tip frame has no widget. */ |
| 5302 | if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f) |
| 5303 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
| 5304 | } |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 | /* X version sets font of input methods here also. */ |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | return font_object; |
| 5309 | } |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 | \f |
| 5312 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 5313 | TODO: W32 Input Methods |
| 5314 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 5315 | /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step. |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data) |
| 5318 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 5319 | struct xim_inst_t |
| 5320 | xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data) |
| 5321 | xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 5322 | xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo) |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | */ |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | \f |
| 5327 | /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F |
| 5328 | from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | void |
| 5331 | x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
| 5332 | struct frame *f; |
| 5333 | { |
| 5334 | int flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | /* The sum of the widths of the frame's left and right borders, and |
| 5337 | the sum of the heights of the frame's top and bottom borders (in |
| 5338 | pixels) drawn by Windows. */ |
| 5339 | unsigned int left_right_borders_width, top_bottom_borders_height; |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 | /* Try to get the actual values of these two variables. We compute |
| 5342 | the border width (height) by subtracting the width (height) of |
| 5343 | the frame's client area from the width (height) of the frame's |
| 5344 | entire window. */ |
| 5345 | WINDOWPLACEMENT wp = { 0 }; |
| 5346 | RECT client_rect = { 0 }; |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 | if (GetWindowPlacement (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &wp) |
| 5349 | && GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &client_rect)) |
| 5350 | { |
| 5351 | left_right_borders_width = |
| 5352 | (wp.rcNormalPosition.right - wp.rcNormalPosition.left) - |
| 5353 | (client_rect.right - client_rect.left); |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 | top_bottom_borders_height = |
| 5356 | (wp.rcNormalPosition.bottom - wp.rcNormalPosition.top) - |
| 5357 | (client_rect.bottom - client_rect.top); |
| 5358 | } |
| 5359 | else |
| 5360 | { |
| 5361 | /* Use sensible default values. */ |
| 5362 | left_right_borders_width = 8; |
| 5363 | top_bottom_borders_height = 32; |
| 5364 | } |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 | /* Treat negative positions as relative to the rightmost bottommost |
| 5367 | position that fits on the screen. */ |
| 5368 | if (flags & XNegative) |
| 5369 | f->left_pos = (x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)) |
| 5370 | - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 5371 | + f->left_pos |
| 5372 | - (left_right_borders_width - 1)); |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 | if (flags & YNegative) |
| 5375 | f->top_pos = (x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)) |
| 5376 | - FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) |
| 5377 | + f->top_pos |
| 5378 | - (top_bottom_borders_height - 1)); |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | /* The left_pos and top_pos are now relative to the top and left |
| 5381 | screen edges, so the flags should correspond. */ |
| 5382 | f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 5383 | } |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, |
| 5386 | to really change the position, and 0 when calling from |
| 5387 | x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current |
| 5388 | position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, |
| 5389 | which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 | void |
| 5392 | x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) |
| 5393 | struct frame *f; |
| 5394 | register int xoff, yoff; |
| 5395 | int change_gravity; |
| 5396 | { |
| 5397 | int modified_top, modified_left; |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | if (change_gravity > 0) |
| 5400 | { |
| 5401 | f->top_pos = yoff; |
| 5402 | f->left_pos = xoff; |
| 5403 | f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 5404 | if (xoff < 0) |
| 5405 | f->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; |
| 5406 | if (yoff < 0) |
| 5407 | f->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; |
| 5408 | f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 5409 | } |
| 5410 | x_calc_absolute_position (f); |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5413 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 | modified_left = f->left_pos; |
| 5416 | modified_top = f->top_pos; |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5419 | NULL, |
| 5420 | modified_left, modified_top, |
| 5421 | 0, 0, |
| 5422 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5423 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5424 | } |
| 5425 | |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request. |
| 5428 | If so needed, resize the frame. */ |
| 5429 | static void |
| 5430 | x_check_fullscreen (f) |
| 5431 | struct frame *f; |
| 5432 | { |
| 5433 | if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_BOTH) |
| 5434 | { |
| 5435 | int width, height, ign; |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 | x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos); |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 | x_fullscreen_adjust (f, &width, &height, &ign, &ign); |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of |
| 5442 | when setting WM manager hints. */ |
| 5443 | if (FRAME_COLS (f) != width || FRAME_LINES (f) != height) |
| 5444 | { |
| 5445 | change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
| 5446 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 5447 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */ |
| 5450 | f->want_fullscreen |= FULLSCREEN_WAIT; |
| 5451 | } |
| 5452 | } |
| 5453 | } |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 | /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. |
| 5456 | If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity |
| 5457 | for this size change and subsequent size changes. |
| 5458 | Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | void |
| 5461 | x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
| 5462 | struct frame *f; |
| 5463 | int change_gravity; |
| 5464 | int cols, rows; |
| 5465 | { |
| 5466 | int pixelwidth, pixelheight; |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 | check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); |
| 5471 | f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
| 5472 | = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 | compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
| 5477 | pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 | f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 5480 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | { |
| 5483 | RECT rect; |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 | rect.left = rect.top = 0; |
| 5486 | rect.right = pixelwidth; |
| 5487 | rect.bottom = pixelheight; |
| 5488 | |
| 5489 | AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle, |
| 5490 | FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)); |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 | my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5493 | NULL, |
| 5494 | 0, 0, |
| 5495 | rect.right - rect.left, |
| 5496 | rect.bottom - rect.top, |
| 5497 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5498 | } |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 | #if 0 |
| 5501 | /* The following mirrors what is done in xterm.c. It appears to be |
| 5502 | for informing lisp of the new size immediately, while the actual |
| 5503 | resize will happen asynchronously. But on Windows, the menu bar |
| 5504 | automatically wraps when the frame is too narrow to contain it, |
| 5505 | and that causes any calculations made here to come out wrong. The |
| 5506 | end is some nasty buggy behavior, including the potential loss |
| 5507 | of the minibuffer. |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 | Disabling this code is either not sufficient to fix the problems |
| 5510 | completely, or it causes fresh problems, but at least it removes |
| 5511 | the most problematic symptom of the minibuffer becoming unusable. |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, |
| 5516 | but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size |
| 5517 | change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the |
| 5518 | ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | We could just not bother storing any of this information here, |
| 5521 | and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that |
| 5522 | might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes |
| 5523 | wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random |
| 5524 | point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of |
| 5527 | a BLOCK_INPUT. */ |
| 5528 | change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); |
| 5529 | FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
| 5530 | FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 | /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
| 5533 | receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked |
| 5534 | for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so |
| 5535 | we have to make sure to do it here. */ |
| 5536 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 | /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
| 5539 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, |
| 5542 | since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. |
| 5543 | Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck, |
| 5544 | so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */ |
| 5545 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 5546 | #endif |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5549 | } |
| 5550 | \f |
| 5551 | /* Mouse warping. */ |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 | void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y); |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | void |
| 5556 | x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
| 5557 | struct frame *f; |
| 5558 | int x, y; |
| 5559 | { |
| 5560 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | pix_x = FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f, x) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) / 2; |
| 5563 | pix_y = FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f, y) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) / 2; |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 | if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; |
| 5566 | if (pix_x > FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 | if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; |
| 5569 | if (pix_y > FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 5572 | } |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | void |
| 5575 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) |
| 5576 | struct frame *f; |
| 5577 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 5578 | { |
| 5579 | RECT rect; |
| 5580 | POINT pt; |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect); |
| 5585 | pt.x = rect.left + pix_x; |
| 5586 | pt.y = rect.top + pix_y; |
| 5587 | ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt); |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y); |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5592 | } |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 | \f |
| 5595 | /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | void |
| 5598 | x_focus_on_frame (f) |
| 5599 | struct frame *f; |
| 5600 | { |
| 5601 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 | /* Give input focus to frame. */ |
| 5604 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5605 | #if 0 |
| 5606 | /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */ |
| 5607 | if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ())) |
| 5608 | my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5609 | else |
| 5610 | #endif |
| 5611 | my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5612 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5613 | } |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | void |
| 5616 | x_unfocus_frame (f) |
| 5617 | struct frame *f; |
| 5618 | { |
| 5619 | } |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 | /* Raise frame F. */ |
| 5622 | void |
| 5623 | x_raise_frame (f) |
| 5624 | struct frame *f; |
| 5625 | { |
| 5626 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5627 | |
| 5628 | /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z |
| 5629 | order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behavior |
| 5630 | on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this |
| 5631 | behavior would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is |
| 5632 | click-to-focus. |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 | On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets |
| 5635 | input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be |
| 5636 | completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it |
| 5637 | is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually |
| 5638 | click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move |
| 5639 | point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program |
| 5640 | raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now |
| 5641 | completely obscured) with input focus. |
| 5642 | |
| 5643 | Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user |
| 5644 | to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics |
| 5645 | optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */ |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 | if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise)) |
| 5648 | { |
| 5649 | /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is |
| 5650 | not already the foreground application: the frame is raised |
| 5651 | above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the |
| 5652 | current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this |
| 5653 | more cumbersome method. */ |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 | HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2); |
| 5656 | if (handle) |
| 5657 | { |
| 5658 | DeferWindowPos (handle, |
| 5659 | FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5660 | HWND_TOP, |
| 5661 | 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 5662 | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5663 | |
| 5664 | DeferWindowPos (handle, |
| 5665 | GetForegroundWindow (), |
| 5666 | FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5667 | 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 5668 | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5669 | |
| 5670 | EndDeferWindowPos (handle); |
| 5671 | } |
| 5672 | } |
| 5673 | else |
| 5674 | { |
| 5675 | my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5676 | } |
| 5677 | |
| 5678 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5679 | } |
| 5680 | |
| 5681 | /* Lower frame F. */ |
| 5682 | void |
| 5683 | x_lower_frame (f) |
| 5684 | struct frame *f; |
| 5685 | { |
| 5686 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5687 | my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5688 | HWND_BOTTOM, |
| 5689 | 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 5690 | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
| 5691 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5692 | } |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 | static void |
| 5695 | w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise_flag) |
| 5696 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 5697 | int raise_flag; |
| 5698 | { |
| 5699 | if (! FRAME_W32_P (f)) |
| 5700 | return; |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 | if (raise_flag) |
| 5703 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 5704 | else |
| 5705 | x_lower_frame (f); |
| 5706 | } |
| 5707 | \f |
| 5708 | /* Change of visibility. */ |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible. |
| 5711 | However, if the window manager asks the user where to position |
| 5712 | the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that. |
| 5713 | The frame will not actually be visible at that time, |
| 5714 | but it will become visible later when the window manager |
| 5715 | finishes with it. */ |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | void |
| 5718 | x_make_frame_visible (f) |
| 5719 | struct frame *f; |
| 5720 | { |
| 5721 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 5722 | |
| 5723 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 5726 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 5727 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 5730 | { |
| 5731 | /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't |
| 5732 | call x_set_offset a second time |
| 5733 | if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time |
| 5734 | before the window gets really visible. */ |
| 5735 | if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) |
| 5736 | && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible) |
| 5737 | { |
| 5738 | RECT workarea_rect; |
| 5739 | RECT window_rect; |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 | /* Adjust vertical window position in order to avoid being |
| 5742 | covered by a task bar placed at the bottom of the desktop. */ |
| 5743 | SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &workarea_rect, 0); |
| 5744 | GetWindowRect(FRAME_W32_WINDOW(f), &window_rect); |
| 5745 | if (window_rect.bottom > workarea_rect.bottom |
| 5746 | && window_rect.top > workarea_rect.top) |
| 5747 | f->top_pos = max (window_rect.top |
| 5748 | - window_rect.bottom + workarea_rect.bottom, |
| 5749 | workarea_rect.top); |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | x_set_offset (f, f->left_pos, f->top_pos, 0); |
| 5752 | } |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 | f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1; |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 | /* The first of these seems to give more expected behavior, but |
| 5757 | was added as a commented out line in Sept 1997, with the |
| 5758 | second version remaining uncommented. There may have been |
| 5759 | some problem with it that led to it not being enabled, |
| 5760 | so the old version remains commented out below in case we |
| 5761 | decide we need to go back to it [23.0.60 2008-06-09]. */ |
| 5762 | my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), |
| 5763 | f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW); |
| 5764 | /* my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL); */ |
| 5765 | } |
| 5766 | |
| 5767 | /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible |
| 5768 | before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked |
| 5769 | so that incoming events are handled. */ |
| 5770 | { |
| 5771 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 5772 | int count; |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ |
| 5775 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a |
| 5780 | MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a |
| 5781 | MapNotify at all.. */ |
| 5782 | for (count = input_signal_count + 10; |
| 5783 | input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);) |
| 5784 | { |
| 5785 | /* Force processing of queued events. */ |
| 5786 | /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */ |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 | /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed |
| 5789 | to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal |
| 5790 | to let the handler know that there's something to be read. |
| 5791 | We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler |
| 5792 | isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */ |
| 5793 | if (input_polling_used ()) |
| 5794 | { |
| 5795 | /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing |
| 5796 | the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */ |
| 5797 | int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count; |
| 5798 | poll_suppress_count = 1; |
| 5799 | poll_for_input_1 (); |
| 5800 | poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count; |
| 5801 | } |
| 5802 | } |
| 5803 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 5804 | } |
| 5805 | } |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 | /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 | /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | x_make_frame_invisible (f) |
| 5812 | struct frame *f; |
| 5813 | { |
| 5814 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 5815 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 5816 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5817 | |
| 5818 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 | my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE); |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 | /* We can't distinguish this from iconification |
| 5823 | just by the event that we get from the server. |
| 5824 | So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting |
| 5825 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, |
| 5826 | and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ |
| 5827 | f->visible = 0; |
| 5828 | FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; |
| 5829 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 5830 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5833 | } |
| 5834 | |
| 5835 | /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | void |
| 5838 | x_iconify_frame (f) |
| 5839 | struct frame *f; |
| 5840 | { |
| 5841 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 5844 | if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 5845 | FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | if (f->async_iconified) |
| 5848 | return; |
| 5849 | |
| 5850 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 5853 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 5854 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 | /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */ |
| 5857 | SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0); |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5860 | } |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 | \f |
| 5863 | /* Free X resources of frame F. */ |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | void |
| 5866 | x_free_frame_resources (f) |
| 5867 | struct frame *f; |
| 5868 | { |
| 5869 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5872 | |
| 5873 | /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some |
| 5874 | font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a |
| 5875 | face. */ |
| 5876 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) |
| 5877 | free_frame_faces (f); |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)) |
| 5880 | my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | free_frame_menubar (f); |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | unload_color (f, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f)); |
| 5885 | unload_color (f, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)); |
| 5886 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel); |
| 5887 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel); |
| 5888 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->border_pixel); |
| 5889 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel); |
| 5890 | if (f->output_data.w32->white_relief.allocated_p) |
| 5891 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->white_relief.pixel); |
| 5892 | if (f->output_data.w32->black_relief.allocated_p) |
| 5893 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->black_relief.pixel); |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) |
| 5896 | free_frame_faces (f); |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | xfree (f->output_data.w32); |
| 5899 | f->output_data.w32 = NULL; |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) |
| 5902 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0; |
| 5903 | if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame) |
| 5904 | dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 5905 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 5906 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 5909 | { |
| 5910 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 5911 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 5912 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 5913 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 5914 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 5915 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 5916 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 5917 | } |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5920 | } |
| 5921 | |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 | /* Destroy the window of frame F. */ |
| 5924 | void |
| 5925 | x_destroy_window (f) |
| 5926 | struct frame *f; |
| 5927 | { |
| 5928 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 | x_free_frame_resources (f); |
| 5931 | dpyinfo->reference_count--; |
| 5932 | } |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 | \f |
| 5935 | /* Setting window manager hints. */ |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 | /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
| 5938 | FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags |
| 5939 | that the window now has. |
| 5940 | If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition |
| 5941 | flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ |
| 5942 | void |
| 5943 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) |
| 5944 | struct frame *f; |
| 5945 | long flags; |
| 5946 | int user_position; |
| 5947 | { |
| 5948 | Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | enter_crit (); |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f)); |
| 5953 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)); |
| 5954 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); |
| 5955 | SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->scroll_bar_actual_width); |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 | leave_crit (); |
| 5958 | } |
| 5959 | |
| 5960 | /* Window manager things */ |
| 5961 | void |
| 5962 | x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) |
| 5963 | struct frame *f; |
| 5964 | int icon_x, icon_y; |
| 5965 | { |
| 5966 | #if 0 |
| 5967 | Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f); |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 | f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; |
| 5970 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; |
| 5971 | f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; |
| 5972 | |
| 5973 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints); |
| 5974 | #endif |
| 5975 | } |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | \f |
| 5978 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 5979 | Initialization |
| 5980 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 5981 | |
| 5982 | static int w32_initialized = 0; |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | void |
| 5985 | w32_initialize_display_info (display_name) |
| 5986 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 5987 | { |
| 5988 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo)); |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 | /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */ |
| 5993 | w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil), |
| 5994 | w32_display_name_list); |
| 5995 | dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (w32_display_name_list); |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 | dpyinfo->w32_id_name |
| 5998 | = (char *) xmalloc (SCHARS (Vinvocation_name) |
| 5999 | + SCHARS (Vsystem_name) |
| 6000 | + 2); |
| 6001 | sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s", |
| 6002 | SDATA (Vinvocation_name), SDATA (Vsystem_name)); |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 | /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode |
| 6005 | with values obtained from system metrics. */ |
| 6006 | dpyinfo->resx = 1; |
| 6007 | dpyinfo->resy = 1; |
| 6008 | dpyinfo->n_planes = 1; |
| 6009 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = 4; |
| 6010 | dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; |
| 6011 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1; |
| 6012 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1; |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 6015 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 6016 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID; |
| 6017 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 6018 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil; |
| 6019 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0; |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); |
| 6022 | /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */ |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 | } |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | /* Create an xrdb-style database of resources to supercede registry settings. |
| 6027 | The database is just a concatenation of C strings, finished by an additional |
| 6028 | \0. The strings are submitted to some basic normalization, so |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | [ *]option[ *]:[ *]value... |
| 6031 | |
| 6032 | becomes |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | option:value... |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | but any whitespace following value is not removed. */ |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 | static char * |
| 6039 | w32_make_rdb (xrm_option) |
| 6040 | char *xrm_option; |
| 6041 | { |
| 6042 | char *buffer = xmalloc (strlen (xrm_option) + 2); |
| 6043 | char *current = buffer; |
| 6044 | char ch; |
| 6045 | int in_option = 1; |
| 6046 | int before_value = 0; |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 | do { |
| 6049 | ch = *xrm_option++; |
| 6050 | |
| 6051 | if (ch == '\n') |
| 6052 | { |
| 6053 | *current++ = '\0'; |
| 6054 | in_option = 1; |
| 6055 | before_value = 0; |
| 6056 | } |
| 6057 | else if (ch != ' ') |
| 6058 | { |
| 6059 | *current++ = ch; |
| 6060 | if (in_option && (ch == ':')) |
| 6061 | { |
| 6062 | in_option = 0; |
| 6063 | before_value = 1; |
| 6064 | } |
| 6065 | else if (before_value) |
| 6066 | { |
| 6067 | before_value = 0; |
| 6068 | } |
| 6069 | } |
| 6070 | else if (!(in_option || before_value)) |
| 6071 | { |
| 6072 | *current++ = ch; |
| 6073 | } |
| 6074 | } while (ch); |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | *current = '\0'; |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 | return buffer; |
| 6079 | } |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | void |
| 6082 | x_flush (struct frame * f) |
| 6083 | { /* Nothing to do */ } |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | extern frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers[]; |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface = |
| 6089 | { |
| 6090 | w32_frame_parm_handlers, |
| 6091 | x_produce_glyphs, |
| 6092 | x_write_glyphs, |
| 6093 | x_insert_glyphs, |
| 6094 | x_clear_end_of_line, |
| 6095 | x_scroll_run, |
| 6096 | x_after_update_window_line, |
| 6097 | x_update_window_begin, |
| 6098 | x_update_window_end, |
| 6099 | x_cursor_to, |
| 6100 | x_flush, |
| 6101 | 0, /* flush_display_optional */ |
| 6102 | x_clear_window_mouse_face, |
| 6103 | x_get_glyph_overhangs, |
| 6104 | x_fix_overlapping_area, |
| 6105 | w32_draw_fringe_bitmap, |
| 6106 | w32_define_fringe_bitmap, |
| 6107 | w32_destroy_fringe_bitmap, |
| 6108 | w32_compute_glyph_string_overhangs, |
| 6109 | x_draw_glyph_string, |
| 6110 | w32_define_frame_cursor, |
| 6111 | w32_clear_frame_area, |
| 6112 | w32_draw_window_cursor, |
| 6113 | w32_draw_vertical_window_border, |
| 6114 | w32_shift_glyphs_for_insert |
| 6115 | }; |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | static void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal *term); |
| 6118 | |
| 6119 | static struct terminal * |
| 6120 | w32_create_terminal (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo) |
| 6121 | { |
| 6122 | struct terminal *terminal; |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 | terminal = create_terminal (); |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | terminal->type = output_w32; |
| 6127 | terminal->display_info.w32 = dpyinfo; |
| 6128 | dpyinfo->terminal = terminal; |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and |
| 6131 | so we must explicitly cast them. */ |
| 6132 | terminal->clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame; |
| 6133 | terminal->ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines; |
| 6134 | terminal->delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs; |
| 6135 | terminal->ring_bell_hook = w32_ring_bell; |
| 6136 | terminal->reset_terminal_modes_hook = w32_reset_terminal_modes; |
| 6137 | terminal->set_terminal_modes_hook = w32_set_terminal_modes; |
| 6138 | terminal->update_begin_hook = x_update_begin; |
| 6139 | terminal->update_end_hook = x_update_end; |
| 6140 | terminal->set_terminal_window_hook = w32_set_terminal_window; |
| 6141 | terminal->read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket; |
| 6142 | terminal->frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date; |
| 6143 | terminal->mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position; |
| 6144 | terminal->frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight; |
| 6145 | terminal->frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower; |
| 6146 | // terminal->fullscreen_hook = XTfullscreen_hook; |
| 6147 | terminal->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar; |
| 6148 | terminal->condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars; |
| 6149 | terminal->redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar; |
| 6150 | terminal->judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars; |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 | terminal->delete_frame_hook = x_destroy_window; |
| 6153 | terminal->delete_terminal_hook = x_delete_terminal; |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 | terminal->rif = &w32_redisplay_interface; |
| 6156 | terminal->scroll_region_ok = 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */ |
| 6157 | terminal->char_ins_del_ok = 1; |
| 6158 | terminal->line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */ |
| 6159 | terminal->fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well. */ |
| 6160 | terminal->memory_below_frame = 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls |
| 6161 | off the bottom. */ |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | /* We don't yet support separate terminals on W32, so don't try to share |
| 6164 | keyboards between virtual terminals that are on the same physical |
| 6165 | terminal like X does. */ |
| 6166 | terminal->kboard = (KBOARD *) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD)); |
| 6167 | init_kboard (terminal->kboard); |
| 6168 | terminal->kboard->Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
| 6169 | terminal->kboard->next_kboard = all_kboards; |
| 6170 | all_kboards = terminal->kboard; |
| 6171 | /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary. |
| 6172 | That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to |
| 6173 | prompt in the mini-buffer. */ |
| 6174 | if (current_kboard == initial_kboard) |
| 6175 | current_kboard = terminal->kboard; |
| 6176 | terminal->kboard->reference_count++; |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | return terminal; |
| 6179 | } |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 | static void |
| 6182 | x_delete_terminal (struct terminal *terminal) |
| 6183 | { |
| 6184 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = terminal->display_info.w32; |
| 6185 | int i; |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in |
| 6188 | delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */ |
| 6189 | if (!terminal->name) |
| 6190 | return; |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo); |
| 6195 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6196 | } |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | struct w32_display_info * |
| 6199 | w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
| 6200 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 6201 | char *xrm_option; |
| 6202 | char *resource_name; |
| 6203 | { |
| 6204 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6205 | struct terminal *terminal; |
| 6206 | HDC hdc; |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 | if (!w32_initialized) |
| 6211 | { |
| 6212 | w32_initialize (); |
| 6213 | w32_initialized = 1; |
| 6214 | } |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | w32_initialize_display_info (display_name); |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 | dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; |
| 6219 | terminal = w32_create_terminal (dpyinfo); |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | /* Set the name of the terminal. */ |
| 6222 | terminal->name = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name) + 1); |
| 6223 | strncpy (terminal->name, SDATA (display_name), SBYTES (display_name)); |
| 6224 | terminal->name[SBYTES (display_name)] = 0; |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 | dpyinfo->xrdb = xrm_option ? w32_make_rdb (xrm_option) : NULL; |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 | /* Put this display on the chain. */ |
| 6229 | dpyinfo->next = x_display_list; |
| 6230 | x_display_list = dpyinfo; |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 | hdc = GetDC (NULL); |
| 6233 | |
| 6234 | dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow (); |
| 6235 | dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES); |
| 6236 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL); |
| 6237 | dpyinfo->resx = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX); |
| 6238 | dpyinfo->resy = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY); |
| 6239 | dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE; |
| 6240 | ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc); |
| 6241 | |
| 6242 | /* initialise palette with white and black */ |
| 6243 | { |
| 6244 | XColor color; |
| 6245 | w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1); |
| 6246 | w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1); |
| 6247 | } |
| 6248 | |
| 6249 | /* Add the default keyboard. */ |
| 6250 | add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (0); |
| 6251 | |
| 6252 | /* Create Fringe Bitmaps and store them for later use. |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 | On W32, bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires |
| 6255 | bitmap data to be Word aligned. For some reason they are |
| 6256 | horizontally reflected compared to how they appear on X, so we |
| 6257 | need to bitswap and convert to unsigned shorts before creating |
| 6258 | the bitmaps. */ |
| 6259 | w32_init_fringe (terminal->rif); |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
| 6262 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ()); |
| 6263 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | #ifdef SIGIO |
| 6266 | if (interrupt_input) |
| 6267 | init_sigio (connection); |
| 6268 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ |
| 6269 | |
| 6270 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | return dpyinfo; |
| 6273 | } |
| 6274 | \f |
| 6275 | /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */ |
| 6276 | void |
| 6277 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo) |
| 6278 | struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6279 | { |
| 6280 | /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list. |
| 6281 | We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */ |
| 6282 | if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list) |
| 6283 | && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 6284 | w32_display_name_list = XCDR (w32_display_name_list); |
| 6285 | else |
| 6286 | { |
| 6287 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 6288 | |
| 6289 | tail = w32_display_name_list; |
| 6290 | while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail))) |
| 6291 | { |
| 6292 | if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 6293 | { |
| 6294 | XSETCDR (tail, XCDR (XCDR (tail))); |
| 6295 | break; |
| 6296 | } |
| 6297 | tail = XCDR (tail); |
| 6298 | } |
| 6299 | } |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | /* free palette table */ |
| 6302 | { |
| 6303 | struct w32_palette_entry * plist; |
| 6304 | |
| 6305 | plist = dpyinfo->color_list; |
| 6306 | while (plist) |
| 6307 | { |
| 6308 | struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist; |
| 6309 | plist = plist->next; |
| 6310 | xfree (pentry); |
| 6311 | } |
| 6312 | dpyinfo->color_list = NULL; |
| 6313 | if (dpyinfo->palette) |
| 6314 | DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette); |
| 6315 | } |
| 6316 | xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name); |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | w32_reset_fringes (); |
| 6319 | } |
| 6320 | \f |
| 6321 | /* Set up use of W32. */ |
| 6322 | |
| 6323 | DWORD WINAPI w32_msg_worker (void * arg); |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | static void |
| 6326 | w32_initialize () |
| 6327 | { |
| 6328 | baud_rate = 19200; |
| 6329 | |
| 6330 | w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL; |
| 6331 | w32_system_caret_height = 0; |
| 6332 | w32_system_caret_x = 0; |
| 6333 | w32_system_caret_y = 0; |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | /* Initialize w32_use_visible_system_caret based on whether a screen |
| 6336 | reader is in use. */ |
| 6337 | if (!SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETSCREENREADER, 0, |
| 6338 | &w32_use_visible_system_caret, 0)) |
| 6339 | w32_use_visible_system_caret = 0; |
| 6340 | |
| 6341 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 6342 | any_help_event_p = 0; |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 | /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow |
| 6345 | 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */ |
| 6346 | Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil); |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 | /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */ |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | init_crit (); |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId (); |
| 6353 | DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (), |
| 6354 | GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS); |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 | /* Wait for thread to start */ |
| 6357 | |
| 6358 | { |
| 6359 | MSG msg; |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE); |
| 6362 | |
| 6363 | hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0, |
| 6364 | w32_msg_worker, |
| 6365 | 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId); |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE); |
| 6368 | } |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 | /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of |
| 6371 | focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the |
| 6372 | following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what |
| 6373 | we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console |
| 6374 | program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so |
| 6375 | instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API |
| 6376 | calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus |
| 6377 | window state.) */ |
| 6378 | #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS |
| 6379 | AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE); |
| 6380 | #endif |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 | /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */ |
| 6383 | { |
| 6384 | HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll"); |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 | #define LOAD_PROC(lib, fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (lib, #fn) |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | LOAD_PROC (user_lib, SetLayeredWindowAttributes); |
| 6389 | |
| 6390 | #undef LOAD_PROC |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | FreeLibrary (user_lib); |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 | /* Ensure scrollbar handle is at least 5 pixels. */ |
| 6395 | vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = 5; |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 | /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these |
| 6398 | effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */ |
| 6399 | vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border |
| 6400 | = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL); |
| 6401 | } |
| 6402 | } |
| 6403 | |
| 6404 | void |
| 6405 | syms_of_w32term () |
| 6406 | { |
| 6407 | staticpro (&w32_display_name_list); |
| 6408 | w32_display_name_list = Qnil; |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 | staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 6411 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 | DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms, "vendor-specific-keysyms"); |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 | DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons", |
| 6416 | &w32_num_mouse_buttons, |
| 6417 | doc: /* Number of physical mouse buttons. */); |
| 6418 | w32_num_mouse_buttons = 2; |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons", |
| 6421 | &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons, |
| 6422 | doc: /* Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons. |
| 6423 | When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3. */); |
| 6424 | Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil; |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise", |
| 6427 | &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise, |
| 6428 | doc: /* Raised frame grabs input focus. |
| 6429 | When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well |
| 6430 | with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be |
| 6431 | desirable when using a point-to-focus policy. */); |
| 6432 | Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt; |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock", |
| 6435 | &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock, |
| 6436 | doc: /* Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys. |
| 6437 | When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys. */); |
| 6438 | Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil; |
| 6439 | |
| 6440 | DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr", |
| 6441 | &Vw32_recognize_altgr, |
| 6442 | doc: /* Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr. |
| 6443 | When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is |
| 6444 | interpreted normally. */); |
| 6445 | Vw32_recognize_altgr = Qt; |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-use-visible-system-caret", |
| 6448 | &w32_use_visible_system_caret, |
| 6449 | doc: /* Flag to make the system caret visible. |
| 6450 | When this is non-nil, Emacs will indicate the position of point by |
| 6451 | using the system caret instead of drawing its own cursor. Some screen |
| 6452 | reader software does not track the system cursor properly when it is |
| 6453 | invisible, and gets confused by Emacs drawing its own cursor, so this |
| 6454 | variable is initialized to t when Emacs detects that screen reader |
| 6455 | software is running as it starts up. |
| 6456 | |
| 6457 | When this variable is set, other variables affecting the appearance of |
| 6458 | the cursor have no effect. */); |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | w32_use_visible_system_caret = 0; |
| 6461 | |
| 6462 | /* We don't yet support this, but defining this here avoids whining |
| 6463 | from cus-start.el and other places, like "M-x set-variable". */ |
| 6464 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties", |
| 6465 | &x_use_underline_position_properties, |
| 6466 | doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. |
| 6467 | A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus |
| 6468 | UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior |
| 6469 | to 4.1, set this to nil. */); |
| 6470 | x_use_underline_position_properties = 0; |
| 6471 | |
| 6472 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line", |
| 6473 | &x_underline_at_descent_line, |
| 6474 | doc: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. |
| 6475 | A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the |
| 6476 | variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the |
| 6477 | baseline level. The default value is nil. */); |
| 6478 | x_underline_at_descent_line = 0; |
| 6479 | |
| 6480 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars, |
| 6481 | doc: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */); |
| 6482 | Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt; |
| 6483 | |
| 6484 | staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame); |
| 6485 | last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil; |
| 6486 | } |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | /* arch-tag: 5fa70624-ab86-499c-8a85-473958ee4646 |
| 6489 | (do not change this comment) */ |